TM 9-1345-200 by cuiliqing

VIEWS: 99 PAGES: 126

									                                                                                                                                                                          *TM 9-1345-200

Technical     Manual                                                                                                                      HEADQUARTERS,
No. Y-1345-200                                                                                                                   WASHINGTON   25, D. C. 8 June 1964

                                                                         LAND MINES
                                                                                                                                                                          Paragraph   Page

CHAPTER          1.    GENERAL
    Section       I.   INTRODUCTION
                       Scope. ..........................................
                       Arrangement             of text.           .................................
                       Forms and reports.                      ..................................
                       Errors and omissions.                          ................................
                II.    General       Discussion
                       Land mines .......................................                                                                                                     5         4
                       Boobytraps            .......................................                                                                                          6         8
                       Mine complete               round .................................                                                                                    7         8
                       Classification               .....................................                                                                                     8        11
                       Identification               .....................................                                                                                     9        11
                       Care, handling,                and preservation                         .........................                                                     10        13
                       Packing        and marking                  for shipment                    ........................                                                  11        15
                       Transportation               .....................................                                                                                    12        15
CHAPTER          2.    ANTIPERSONNEL                         MINES
    Section      I.    Service       Antipersonnel                   Mines and Fuzes
                       General         .. .' ......................................                                                                                          13        16
                       Mine, antipersonnel,                      M2A4 with fuze, mine, combination,                                              M6Al         .....          14        18
                       Fuze, mine, combination,                              M6Al          ..........................                                                        15        21
                       Mine, antipersonnel,                      M3 with fuze, mine, combination,                                             M7Al      .......              16        21
                       Fuze, mine, combination,                              M7Al          ..........................                                                        17        23
                       Mine, antipersonnel,                      M16Al            with fuze, mine, combination,                                    M605.           ....      18        24
                       Fuze,      mine, combination,                         M605 ..........................                                                                 19        29
                       Mine, antipersonnel,                      M 18A 1 and accesssories                                   .................                                20        29
                       Mine, antipersonnel,                      Ml8 (T48) with carrying                                   kit, M68 (T66)
                          or M69 (T67).                ....................................                                                                                 21         42
                       Mine, antipersonnel,                      nonmetallic                  (NM), Ml4 with integral                            fuze ......                22         45
                II.    Practice       Antipersonnel                    Mines and Fuzes
                       General        .........................................                                                                                              23        48
                       Mine, antipersonnel,                      M3 empty with fuze, mine, combination,
                          M7A1, inert.              .....................................                                                                                    24        50
                       Mine, antipersonnel,                      M2 (all mods) inert with fuze, mine,
                          combination,              M2, M2Al                or M6A1 inert .....................                                                              25        50
                       Mine, antipersonnel,                      M16Al            inert with fuze, mine, combination,
                          M605 inert ......................................                                                                                                 26         51
                       Mine, antipersonnel,                      practice,              M8 and fuze, mine, combination,.                                        .....       27         51
                       Fuze, mine, combination,                              practice,             Ml0 or MlOAl                       practice      ........                28         54
                       Mine, antipersonnel,                      NM, Ml7 (T34) with integral                                         fuze ...........                       29         55
CHAPTER          3.    ANTITANK              MINES
   Section       I.    Service       Antitank           Mines and Fuzes
                       General        .........................................                                                                                              30        58
                       Mine, antitank,               HE, heavy,                 Ml5 with fuze, mine, AT M603 and
                          activator,         Ml. ....................................                                                                                        31        59
                       Fuze, mine, antitank,                        M603.           ............................                                                             32        63

     *This manual supersedes TM g-1940, 17 May 1956, including Cl, 5 June 1957, C2, 7 October 1957, C4, 30 August
1961, and C5, 24 April 1962; TB 9-1940-13, 18 June 1956; TB 9-1345-200/l, 13 July 1960; TB 41345-200/3, 29 Sep-
tember 1960, including Cl, 18 June 1962; and TB g-1345-200/4, 2 October 1961, including C2, 5 August 1963; that por-
tion of TB 3-300-2, 27 May 1959 which pertains to bursters for land mines, and so much of TB Cml 76, 2 September
1960, and TM 3-300,14 August 1956, including C2, 5 May 1958. C3, 25 August 1959, and C5, 24 May 1962, as pertains
to land mines.

                                                                                                                                                                        Paragraph   Page

                          Mine, antitank,               HE, heavy,                 M21 with fuze, mine, combination,                                     M607     . .       33       64    .
                          Mine, antitank,               NM, Ml9 (T18) with fuze, mine, combination                                                     M606.  ...           34       71
                          Activator,        antitank            mine, Ml and M2 (T3El)                                   .......         ; ...........                      35       84
                  II.     Practice      Antitank              Mines and Fuzes
                          General        ........................................                                                                                           36       85
                         Heavy       practice          antitank             mines.           ..........................                                                     37       87
                          Light     practice           antitank            mines ...........................                                                                38       91
                         Mine, antitank,                NM, M19, inert with fuze, M606, inert.                                             ...........                      39       96
                          Activator,        antitank            mine, practice,                      Ml.       .....................                                        40       96
CHAPTER            4.     INCENDIARY                 BURSTER                  AND CHEMICAL                            MINES
    Section        I.    Incendiary          Burster
                          General       .........................................                                                                                           41       98
                  II.     Chemical        Mines
                         General        .........................................                                                                                          42       100
                         Mine, land, chemical,                         l-gallon.             ..........................                                                    43       100
                         Mine, chemical                 agent, VX, M23 ..........................                                                                          44       102
CHAPTER            5.    RELATED              ITEMS
                          General       .........................................                                                                                           45      105
                         Demolition           materials              .................................                                                                      46      105
                         Pyrotechnics              ......................................                                                                                   47      107
                         Antipersonnel               mine clearing                   devices.              ......................                                           48      107
                         Antitank       mine clearing                    devices             ..........................                                                     49      109
CHAPTER            6.    DESTRUCTION                     OF LAND                  MINES TO PREVENT                                   ENEMY        USE
                         General        .........................................                                                                                          50       116
                         Methods        .........................................                                                                                          51       116
APPENDIX            I.   REFERENCES.                      ..........................................                                                                                118
                  II.    COMPLETEROUNDDATA                                            ..................................                                                            121
                III.     INDEXOFFORMERNAMES                                           ..................................                                                            123
INDEX      . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                  124

                                          CHAPTER 1

                                    Section   I.   INTRODUCTION

1. Scope                                                          Mine, antitank, HE, light, M7 w/o
   a. This manual provides technical in-                          fuze
formation on the identification, care, hand-                      Mine, antitank, HE, light, M7A2
ling, and use of land mines in Federal                            w/fuze, mine, AT, M603
supply classification    (FSC) 1345 and their                     Mine, antitank, practice, NM, M9
                                                                  w/ or w/o fuze, mine, AT, chem-
components. It also provides general tech-
                                                                  ical, M12, practice
nical information on items from other FSC
                                                                  So me FSC class 1370 items
classes which are used with these land
                                                                  (demolition materials)
                                                                  Some FSC class 1375 items
   b. For information on doctrine and tech-                       (pyrotechnics)
nique for the tactical employment of land
mines and related items, refer to FM
                                                       2. Arrangement   of Text
   c. This manual differs fromTM g-1940,                  a. Chapter 1 outlines the manual and
May 1956, as follows:      l                           provides general information on the types
     (1) Adds information on:                          of mines, complete rounds, explosive
           Mine, antipersonnel,      M16A1, and        trains, classification,  identification, care,
           fuze, mine, combination, M605               handling and preservation, storage, pack-
           Mine, antipersonnel,      Ml8 (T48)         ing and marking for shipment, and trans-
           w/carrying    kit M68 (T66)                 portation.
           Mine, antipersonnel,      Ml8 (T48)            b. Chapter 2 contains physical descrip-
           w/carrying    kit M69 (T67)                 tions, data, and technical instructions for
           Mine,      antipersonnel,     M18Al         the use of antipersonnel mines and relative
           (T48E3), and accessories                    items,
           Mine, antipersonnel,      M3, inert            c. Chapter 3 contains physical descrip-
           Mine, antitank, HE, NM, Ml9                 tions, data, and technical instructions for
           Pw                                          the use of antitank mines and related
           Mine, antitank,     practice, M20           items.
            (T38)                                         d. Chapter 4 contains physical descrip-
            Mine, antitank, heavy, HE, M21             tions, data, and technical instructions for
            Fuze, mine, M606 (T1202E2)                 the use of chemical rnines and related
            Fuze, mine, antitank, M607                 items.
           Burster, incendiary,    M4                     e. Chapter 5 contains general technical
            Mine, land, chemical, HD, l-gal-           information     on items from other FSC
            lon                                        classes which are used with land mines.
           Mine, chemical agent, VX, M23                   L Chapter 6 contains instructions       for
    (2) Changes the information on nomen-              the destruction of land mines and compo-
         clature, marking,     and packaging           nents to prevent enemy use.
         for a number of items.                           g. Appendix I contains a list of refer-
    (3) Deletes information on:                         ences to be used in conjuction with this
      (a) Fuze, mine, chemical AT, NM,                  manual.
            M12, practice                                 h. Appendix II contains complete round
      (b) Mine, antitank, HE, heavy, M6A2               data on land mines.
            w/fuze, mine, M603                             i. Appendix III contains a list of former

item names         with     their   current   Federal   5.   Land   Mines
item name.
                                                           a. General. Land mines (fig. 1) are ex- __
                                                        plosive items .which may be planted in the
3.   Forms    and Reports
                                                        path of the enemy to hinder his movement
   a. Authorized Forms.         The forms gen-          or to deny him access to certainterritory.
erally applicable to units using or main-               The mines are generally concealed andso
taining land mines and components are                   rigged that they will be initiated by the
listed in Appendix I. For a listing of all              enemy’s presence or contact (fig. 2) ex-
forms refer to DA Pam 310-2. For in-                    cept in instances where the mines may be
structions on the use of these forms, refer             initiated by remote control, Mines may
to FM 9-6.                                              produce casualties by direct explosive
   b. Field Report of Accidents. Accidents              force, fragmentation,        shaped-charge ef-
or malfunctions      involving the use of am-           fect, or by release of harassing agents or
munition which occur during training or                 lethal gas. A detailed discussion of tactical
combat will be reported immediately          to         employment of land mines may be foundin
the qualified ammunition representative                 FM 3-5, FM 20-32, and FM 31-10.
under whose supervision the ammunition                      b. Description.    Since land mines have
for the unit involved is maintained or                  various uses, they come in a variety of
issued. The report will be made by the                  types, sizes, and shapes and may also
officer in charge or by the senior non-                 differ in material, quantity or type of ex-
commissioned       officer or enlisted man of           plosive charge, incendiary or chemical
the unit involved. All available pertinent              content, or fuze type. Some mines are
facts will be included in the report. It is             boobytrapped to discourage neutralization;
the duty of the qualified ammunition rep-               others have built-inmortars        whichproject
resentative    to investigate thoroughly all             them into the air for wider fragment dis-
 cases of malfunction or accident observed               tribution. Directional fragmentation-type
by him or reported to him and to report                  mines are aimed by sighting mechanisms           __
 all such cases as outlined in AR 700-                   and some mines are aimed by remotely
 1300-8.                                                 controlled firing devices. Except for chem-
    c. Fires.   Fires or explosions followed             ical mines, which           have no explosive
 by fire involving loss of life or damage to             charge, most mines are fuzed to detonate
 property in excess of fifty dollars will be             near the target.
 reported in accordance with AR 385-40.                        (1) Body. The bodies, some of which
 Fires involving in-use vehicles are ex-                           have actuator or secondary fuze
 empt from this requirement.                                       wells, usually serve as a fuze
    d. Report of Hazardous Conditions In-                          holder and explosive charge con-
 volving Military      Eqlosives    or Ammuni-                     tainer. Depending upon the degree
 tion. Report actual or potentially hazard-                        of nondetectability   or fragmenta-
 ous concentrations       of ammunition      or                    tion desired, cast or sheet metal
 explosives and hazardous conditions which                         or plastics are used in body con-
 appear inadequately covered by existing                           struction. For identification,    they
 regulations   to U.S. Army Materiel Com-                          are marked and painted as de-
 mand for review by Armed Services Ex-                             scribed in paragraph 9.
 plosive Safety Board. See AR 385-60 for                       (2) Explosive charge. The major com-
 further instructions.                                             ponent of the nonchemical mine is
                                                                   the explosive charge, which pro-
4.   Errors   and Omissions                                        vides the energy necessary for the
  Any errors in, or omissions from this                            mine to accomplish its mission.
manual will be reported on DA Form2028                              This energy may come in direct
and forwarded direct to the Commanding                              contact with the target, or may be
Officer,  Picatinny  Arsenal, Dover, New                            used to propel a fragmentated pro-
Jersey, ATTN: SMUPA-DC5.                                            jectile or a single, solidmetal slug




                                                                     NObi.     METALLIC



    BOUNDING        TYPE


                                                                  FRAGMENTATION           TYPE


                                        CHEMICAL                                                 ORD   D749

                   Figure   1.   Representative      types   of   land       mines.

                                                                LOCKING    SAFETY PIN                              PRESSURE

                                                                    RUBBER ‘GASKET                    PoslTtvF    SAFETY PIN

                                                                                                    RELEASE-PIN    RING

                                                                    SAFETY PINS ON ANTIPERSONNEL           MINE    FUZE

                                                                                           SAFETY FORK

                                                                SECTION OF
                                                                                               PRESSURE PLATE
                                                                 FUZE BODY                        OF FUZE

                                                                          SAFETY FORK ON ANTITANK         MINE    FUZE ORD D752

                                                                    Figure    3.     Safety devices   on antipersonnel
    Figure   2.   lnitiating     actions     on antipersonnel                      and antitank   mine fuzes.
                       and antitank      Tines.
                                                                       personnel. The two basic types of
          by means of a shaped charge. Anti-                           antipersonnel mines are:
          vehicular    mine s usually depend                         (a) Fragmentation.       This type mine
          upon direct contact, but a shaped                               depends on its ability to cover a _-
          charge aimed at the sides or belly                              fair 1y wide area with high-
          of a tank or wheel of a vehicle is                              velocity fragments. The effective
          sometimes used. The type of ex-                                 range of fragmentation mines is
          plosive used for the main charge -                              much greater than that of the
          tetryl,    TNT, H6, Comp B, Comp                                blast type. There are three basic
          C4, or the like - is selected on the                            fragmentation-type     mines.
          basis of highest detonation con-                              1. Boundi@.      This type mine is
          sistant with ease of loading, com-                                placed beneath the surface of
          patibility, logistics, etc.                                       the ground. When the mine ex-
      (3) I+zes. The mechanical or electro-                                 plodes, a fragmentationprojec-
          mechanical          land mine fuze is                             tile is expelled from the mine
          usually activated by direct pres-                                 body. The ascending projectile
          sure from the target, suchas being                                explodes at a height of approxi-
          runover or stepped upon, or by                                    mately 2 meters         above the
          pressure exerted upon a trip-wire                                 ground, causing fragments to be
          or tilt-rod.    Fuzes contain safety                              propelled laterally in all direc-
          elements to inhibit accidental fir-                               tions.
          ing, and most mines are issued                                2. Fined nondirectional.     This type
          fitzed; however, special-purpose                                  mine is placed on, or just be-
          fuzes may be used with the demo-                                  neath, the surface of the ground.
          lition materials described in chap-                               When the mine explodes, frag-
          ter 4.                                                            ments are propelled upward and
    c. Types.                                                               outward in all directions.
      (1) Antipersonnel (APERS) mines. An-                              3. Fixed directional.     T hi s type
          tipersonnel    mine s (fig. 1) are                                mine is placed on the groundor     -.
          designed for use against enemy                                    attached to an obstacle, sucha:

          a tree, pole, etc., and at the          tive. The presence of HE mines
         expected path of the enemy.              reduces traversal       speed, thereby
         When the mine explodes, frag-            forcing greater exposure to chem-
         ments are propelled outward in           ical kontaminates. The presence of
          a fanshaped pattern (60 degree          chemical mines slows breaching
          arc) above the ground. This type        operations as it discourages rapid
          mine may be initiated by the            mine-clearing      techniques. Chem-
          approaching enemy or a remote           ical land mines may be initiated by
          control device.                         action of the enemy or by remote
  (b) Blast. This type mine (fig. 1)              control,     Chemical       mines are
        depends for its effect on direct          shipped empty, with the exception
        force developed by its explosion.         of the chemical mine M23. Refer
        The mine functions without delay          to TM 3-255 for filling instructions
        while still in contact with the           and refer to FM 3-5, FM 20-32
        enemy who has initiated it.               and FM 31-10 for tactical employ-
(2) Antitankmines. Antitank mines are             ment of chemical land mines, All
    used to immobilize          or destroy        chemical mines depend on blast
    enemy tanks or other vehicles.                effect for dispersing the chemical
    Blast type mines are generally                agent. The weather, type terrain,
    employed in minefields         and are        and soil affect the period of time
    usually laid on, or slightly below,           for which these chemical agents
    the surface of the ground. They               are effective. There are two rep-
    consist of a charge of high explo-            rsentative     types of chemical
    sive, usually 3 to.22 pounds in cur-          mines, persistent and nonpersis-
    rent standard mines, in a metallic            tent.
    or nonmetallic casing fitted with a         (a) Persistent chemical mines are
    primary fuze, with provisions for                 those whose agents remain in
    attachment of one or two secondary                effect, at point of release, for 10
    fuzes. Ordinarily,     antitank mines             minutes or more.
    require a pressure of 300 to 400            (b) Nonpersistent       chemical   mines
    pounds for actuation, but they can                are those remaining in effect for
    be exploded by being stepped on by                less than 10 minutes.
    running troops. One of the newer          (4) Improvised mines. An improvised
    type antitank mines (par. 33) de-             mine is one which is made of any
    rives its effectiveness to immo-               available m ate r i a 1. Improvised
    bilize or destroy enemy tanks from            mines are used when standard
    its ability to project a mass of steel        mines are not available or are in-
    upward at a high velocity. The two            capable of producing the desired
    general classes of antitank mines             results.
    are heavy and light.                             Warning: In view of the nature of
(3) Chemical mines. These mines are                   improvised     mines, appropriate
    designed to disperse chemical                     precautions should be observed
    agents from fixed locations, and to               in laying, markings reporting,
    provide area contamination in bar-                and breaching of minefields.
    rier and nuisance minefields. The         (5) Phony mines. Phony mines, as the
    chemical agent may be in liquidor             name implies, are not real mines.
    vapor form. The chemical mine                  They usually consist of scrap ma-
    may be used in anti-tank mine-                terial     or some disturbed earth
    fields or elesewhere as an anti-               improvised in the field to simulate
    personnel mine. Composite mine-                an actual mine emplacement. Phony
     fields containing      chemical   land        minefields may be used to supple-
    mines and HE antipersonnel anti-               ment a live minefield. They are
    tank mines are particularly      effec-        laid principally    to deceive, delay,

          and confuse the enemy. Phony            from a nonelectrical   blasting cap and ex-
          mines should not be confused with       plosive material such as demolition blocks
          inert issue mines, which are used       or coils of detonating cord. Severalmeth-
          for training in handling live issue     ods of boobytrapping mines are shown in
          mines. For information       on em-     figures 4 and 5. For further information
          ployment of phony mines, refer to       on booby-trapping, see FM 5-31.
          FM 20-32.
      (6) Practice and training mines. Prac-      7.   Mine Complete   Round
          tice mines are of the same size,
          weight, and shape as service mines         a. Definition.     A mine complete round
          but contain a small smoke puff and      consists of all explosive and non-explosive
          noise charge consisting of black        components of a mine necessary for it to
          powder or pyrotechnic composition       function. A complete round may be issued
          instead of a high explosive. Inert      with all components in the same packing
          mines, which are usually the metal      container or with components shipped
          or plastic parts of service mines,      separately for assembly in the field. A
          either empty or filled with inert       table of complete round data may be found
          materials such as sand, are pro-        in appendix II.
          vided for training in handling. Inert       b. EqHosive Train. An explosive train
          mines contain no explosives or          is a sequence of explosive elements be-
          pyrotechnic mixtures.                   ginning with a small amount of highly
                                                  sensitive explosive,          followed by other
                                                  elements of progressively          larger amounts
6.   Boobytraps
                                                  and lesser sensitivity,           until the large,
    A boobytrap is an explo’sive charge which     relatively      insensitive     main     charge is
is exploded when an unsuspecting person           reached. This ratio of sensitivity toquan-
disturbs an apparently harmless object, or        tity is maintained in the interest of greater
performs a presumably safe act. Abooby-           safety. To insure that the full potentiality
trapped mine is any mine having a supple-         of the main high-explosive               charge is
mentary fuze or separate charge so ar-            realized, a specific sequence must befol-
ranged that it will detonate the mine when        lowed from the triggering            of the fuze to
the mine is disturbed,        even though the     the detonation of the main charge. At min-
main fuze has been removed. Most anti-            imum, a primer,            a detonator having at
tank mines have one or more secondary             least two explosives, abooster, andamain
fuze wells but current antipersonnel mines        charge are required. At times, however,
do not. These wells are of two types: those       the train becomes more complicated and
adapted to receive firing devices with a          other elements are needed. The bounding
base coupling and those adapted to receive        type mine (fig. 6) is a good example. The
an activator. (An activator is an explosive       explosive trains          for antipersonnel     and
item which is essentially        a detonator-     antitank mines are described in (1) and
booster acting as an adapter between the          (2) below.
firing device and the mine, through the                 (1) Antipersonnel mines. The explo-
secondary fuze well.) Those mines which                      sive trains in the bounding type
do not contain secondary fuze wells may                      antipersonnel      mine are shown in
be boobytrapped by connecting a firing                       figure 6* This type mine has two
device to the mine so as to explode a                        explosive trains: propelling charge
separate charge when the mine is dis-                        explosive train and high explosive
turbed. There are three types of booby-                      train. Operation of the propelling
trapping devices - antilift,     antipull, and               charge explosive train causes ejec-
antitilt-   which are activated by firing                    tion of the fragmentation shell or
devices or by an improvised electrical                       body from the outer case. When
circuit. connected to electrical       blasting              the shell or body reaches a pre-
 caps. Boobytraps may also be improvised                     determine height from the surface


                         Figure   4.   Boobytrapped   antipersonnel     mine.

                                                                  3. Belay charge. The delay charge
                                                                     ignites the relay charge which
     of the ground, the high explosive                               activates the igniter charge.
     tram detonates, causing fragments                            4. Igniter      charge. The relay
     of the shell or body to be dispersed                            charge ignites the igniter charge
     in a circular pattern, The two ex-                              which burns with sufficient in-
     plosive trains mentioned above are                              tensity to set off the propelling
     described as follows:                                           charge.
    (a) Propelling   charge explosive                             5. Propelling charge. The propel-
        train. The components of the                                 ling charge throws the high-
       propelling charge explosive train                             explosive-filled    shell or body
       are shown in figure 6. This ex-
       plosive train functions as de-
       scribed in 2 through 5 below.
     1. Percussion primer.       The fuze
        firing pin strikes the percus-
         sion primer    and initiates the
        priming    composition    which is
        very sensitive and capable of
        being initiated by mechanical
        shock. The percussion primer
        emits a small, intense spit of
        flame downward.
     2. Belay charge. The flame from
        the percussion primer ignites
        the delay charge which burns for
        a predetermined    period.                            Figure   5.   Boobytrapped   antitank   mine.

                  1. PE                                                                            5.    i FRAGMENTATION

                                                                                                  --I      CHARGE
                                                                                                           CHARGE /

                                                                                                  -4.      BOOSTER     CHARGE
        CHARGE                                                                                                                   HIGH-
      EXPLOSIVE                                                                                    3      DETONATOR              EXPLOSIVE
          TRAIN                                                                                                                  TRAIN

                                                                                                    2.    PRIMER    MIXTURE

                                                                                                  1.     DELAY     CHARGE
                  5. P

                                                                                                                                ORD      u753

                          Figure   6.   Explosive   trains   in bounding   type   antipersonnel          mine.

               into the air and also initiates                                 sive until the projectile attains
               the delay charge of the high-                                   sufficient height to produce an
               explosive train.                                                effective fragmentation pattern
         (b) High-eqdosive train. The com-                                     upon detonation.
             ponents of the high-explosive                                  2. Primer mixture. After the time
             train are shown in figure 6. This                                 lag has elapsed, the delay charge
             explosive train functions as de-                                  sets off the primer mixture.
             scribed in 1 through 5 below.                                  3. Detonator charge. The f 1ash
           1. DeIsy charge. The propelling                                     from the primer mixture sets
               charge ignites the delay charge                                 off the detonator charge.
               as it propels the high-explosive                             4. Booster charge. The detona-
               projectile  from the mine case.                                 tion wave from the detonator
               The delay charge burns, delay-                                  charge sets off the booster
               ing detonation of the highexplo-                                charge. The booster chargere-

                                                      SIDE SECONDARY    FUZE WELL    (MAY   ALSO HAVE
             inforces    and strengthens the          SECONDARY    HIGH EXPLOSIVE     TRAIN OR MAY BE PLUGGEli
             detonation wave, thus assuring
             detonation of the main charge,
         5. Fragm en fa tion        (bursting)
              charge.   The detonation wave
             from the booster charge sets off
             the fragmentation charge, which
             ruptures the projectile case and
             projects the fragments in all
             directions at high velocity.
     (2) Antitank mines. The e xp 1o s i v e
         trains in a typical antitank mine
         are shown in figure 7. All antitank
         mines have a main or primaryex-
         plosive train which is initiated by                                                               ORD   D154

         action of the weight of the vehicle          Figure   7. Explosive         trains   in antitank   mine.
         on the fuze. This explosive train is
         essentially the same as the high-
         explosive train described in (b)        mines, the designation “HE” appears in the
         above except that a delay charge is     nomenclature.     In the case of practice
         not always included and the primer      mines, the word “practice”        appears in
         mixture is set off directly by the      nomenclature.    In the case of inert mines,
         mechanical actidn of the fuze. De-      which are used for training in handling,
         lay elements, however, may be           the word “inert”     or “empty” appears in
         added to give the tank time to move     the nomenclature.
         well over the mine before the ex-
         plosiion takes place (fig. 45). The     9.   Identification
         mine may also have one or more              a. General. Land mines are identified by
         secondary explosive trains which        standard nomenclature, lot number, model,
         are substantially    the same as the    painting, marking, and ammunition iden-
         primary explosive train, differing      tification     code symbol, Such means of
         principally   in the mechanical ar-     identification     are used on all packingcon-
         rangement of the assembled fuzes.       tainers and, unless the item is too small,
         The secondary explosive trains are      on the item itself.
         usually part of the boobytrapping           b. Standard Nomenclature.       Standard no-
         installations (par. 6).                 menclature       is established    so that each
                                                 item may be identified          specifically     by
8. Classification
                                                 name. The standard nomenclature for am-
   a. Land mines are classified, according       munition and explosive items consists of
to their use, as “antipersonnel”   and “anti-    an item name and a colon (:) followed by
tank”. Under very limited conditions, an         sufficient additional information about the
antitank Kline might be used for antiper-        item of supply to differentiate          between
sonnel purposes, but if so used it wouldbe        items having the same item name. An ex-
very inefficient. Antipersonnel mines are        ample of complete nomenclature for a mine
ineffective against tanks. Antitank mines        is: MINE, ANTITANK: HE, heavy, M15,
could be used under special conditions for        and fuze, mine., AT, M603 and activator,
improvised demolition purposes, and some          Ml.
demolition    explosives could be used as             c. Ammunition Lot Number. When am-
improvised mines.                                 munition is manufactured, an ammunition
    b. Land mines are classified according        lot number, which becomes an essential
to purpose as “serviceff or “practice,” and       part of the marking, is assigned in ac-
 according to filler as “high-explosive”    or    cordance with pertinent         specifications,
 “inert. ” In the case of service antitank        The lot number for mines consists of the

loader’s initials or symbols, and the lot                                            tion. Items of Navy design are designated
number. This lot number is stamped or                                                MK (abbreviation for “Mark”)          instead of
marked on every mine and on all packing                                              M, and Navy modifications are designated
containers. It is required for all purposes                                          “Mod” and appropriate         Arabic numeral
of record, including reports on condition,                                           instead of A and appropriate        Arabic nu-
functioning,   or accidents, in which the                                            meral.
ammunition may be involved. In any one                                                  e. Painting and Marking.
lot of ammunition, the components usedin                                                  (1) Painting.   Ammunition      is painted
the assembly are manufactured under as                                                        to retard rusting of exposed metal
nearly identical conditions as practicable.                                                   parts, to aid in identification       of
   d. Model. To ident if y a particular                                                       type, and to indicate type of filler,
design, a model designation is assignedat                                                     such as high or low explosive, or
the time the item is classified as an adopted                                                       tOXiC.
type. This model designation becomes an                                                           (a) HE mines and related items are
essential part of the standard nomencla-                                                              painted olive drab with yellow
ture and is included in the marking on the                                                            markings. Some items may also
item. The present method of model desig-                                                              have yellow stripes or bands, or
nation consists of the letter M followed by                                                           have their closing plugs painted
an Arabic numeral. Modifications are in-                                                              yellow.
dicated by adding the letter A and appro-                                                         (b) Practice mines are painted blue
priate Arabic numerals. Thus, “M6Al”                                                                  and marked in white. Under %ewV7
indicated the first modification of an item                                                           system, practice mines contain-
for which the original model designation                                                              ing low .explosives        are tan
was M6. Modifications        *which are func-                                                         color - blue, white and brown.
tionally identical with the original model                                                        (c) Inert mines are painted black
but which have manufacturing differences                                                              (old) or blue (new) with markings,
may be designated by the letter B and an                                                              including the word “INERT”, in
Arabic numeral. When a particular design                                                              white. The M2 and M3 series         __
has been accepted for a limited procure-                                                              either have a l/4-inch     hole on
ment and service test, only the model                                                                 each side or have the filler cap
designation is indicated by the letter T or                                                           omitted, thus providing an 1-3/4-
XM and an Arabic numeral, and modifica-                                                               inch hole on one side.
tions by the addition of E and an Arabic                                                          (d) There are two systems of color-
numeral. In such cases, if the design sub-                                                            coding for chemical ammunition.
 sequently should be standardized, the M                                                              That of older manufacture is in
designation is assigned; hence there may                                                              accordance with the Pi ve-Ele-
be encountered some lots still carrying                                                               merit Marking System and that of
the original    T designation (not yet re-                                                            more recent manufacture        with
 marked to show the later standardized M                                                              the Standard Ammunition Color-
 designation). There is no direct relation-                                                           Coding System. Table IA com-
 ship between the numerical designations                                                              pares the two systems.
of a T item and that of the item when                                                                  Note.    All c h e m i c a 1 ammunition              has a
 standardized and assigned an M designa-                                                             background     color of gray.
                                       Table   IA.    Color     Coding        Sg(sterns    for    Chemical        Ammunition

             Type of ammunition                                Five-element      marking   system                               Standard ammunition*
                                                                                                                                color-coding system

 Persistant casualty chemical                        Gray, green markings,                 and two green            Gray, green markings,    two 1/2-
   agents.                                             bands or stripes.                                              inch green bands or stripes.
 Nerve agmtg -----_-___________                      Gray, green markings and either two                            Gray, green markings, * three
                                                       or three green bands or stripes.                               l/2-inch green bands.
 Incendiary      burster    -------------            Olive drab and 1 yellow               band--------              Light red, marking         in black        and
                                                                                                                        1 yellow band.
  *Under “Standard    Ammunition    Color-coding     System”     only,   chemical    ammunition      containing    high explosive   has one I/,-inch   yellow
band in addition  to other markings.

   Caution; Ammunition which has been              “1345-096-3155 (C605),‘+ or as a hyphen-
color-coded and marked according to the            ated suffix to a FSC classification code such
older system (TM 9-1900 and TM 3-300)              as “1345-C605,” In the second form it is
will be-on hand for several years. There-          known as a *!DOD Ammunition Code”. When
fore, special care should be taken to as-          requisitioning    ammunition, the using unit
sure that all ammunition, whether color-           will normally use the DOD ammunition
coded according to the older or the newer          code. However, if a particular item, model,
system, is properly and fully identified.          or pack is desired, requisition by FSN and
   f, D& Card. An ammunition data card             DODIC is authorized, but justification for
prepared       in accordance with pertinent        such requests must be shownonthe requi-
 specifications for each lot of ammunition.        sition. FSN’s suffixed with ide nti c al
Copies are forwarded with each shipment            DQDIC’s are functionally interchangeable
of ammunition. In addition to the ammuni-          and are considered as suitable substitutes
tion lot number, the data card gives the lot       for one another for supply purposes.
numbers of the components and other
pertinent information concerning the am-
                                                   10. Care, Handling,   and Preservation   of Mines
   g. Federal Stock Number and Depart-                 Wmi@:       Mines must be handled with
 ment af Defens e Ammunifion Code. T he            care at all times. The explosive elements
 Federal stock number (FSN) replaces the           in fuses, primers, detonators, and boost-
Ammunition Identification Code (AIC) and           ers are particularly sensitive to mechan-
the Ordnance Stock Number (OSN). An FSN            ical shock, friction, static electricity, and
is assigned to each end item of ammuni-            high temperature. Boxes of crates contain-
tion as packaged, and, *unless there is a          ing mines should not he dropped, dragged,
difference      in packaging or packing, no        tumbled, walked on the corners, or struck,
two items bear the same FSN, nor is more           as in lining up a stack. The boxes should
than one FSN assigned to the same item.            be electrically grounded whenever prac-
The Department of Defense Identification           ticable and protected from high tempera-
Code (DODIC) is used in requirement                ture.
studies, worldwide         reporting  of stocks,     a. General.
and to denote interchangeability        between        (1) Mines are packed to withstand con-
items within FSC group 13. The FSN and                     ditions ordinarily   encountered in
DODIC are used in conjuction (i.e., 1345-                  the field. Items that are not water-
096-3155 (C605) ) as means of positive                     proofed are packed in moisture-
identification     in requisitioning.  The FSN             resistant containers. Care must be
consists of a 4-digit FSC class code num-                  taken to keep containers andpack-
ber plus a 7-digit Federalitemidentifica-                  ing boxes from becomming broken
tion number (FHN). For example, in FSN                     or damaged. All broken containers
1345-096-3155         the 1305 is the Federal              and packing boxes must be repaired
Supply Classification       (FSC) class code and           immediately and careful attention
the 1V-O96-31557f is the FIIN. The class                   given to the transfer of all mark-
code indicates the commodity group (13)                    ings to the new parts. Such con-
and the class (45) to which the item be-                   tainers should not be opened until
longs, The FIIN is a group of nonsignificant               the mines are about to be used or
digits used to provide positive identifica-                prepared for use. Items unpacked
tion to the item (a given FIIN is assigned                 but not used should be repacked
to one FSN only, and is never duplicated                   and the containers     sealed. Such
or reused). The DODIC, composed of a                       items should be used first in sub-
letter    and three digits, denotes inter-                 sequent operations in order that
changeability      between like items of am-               stocks of opened containers and
munition or explosive supply within group                  packing boxes may be kept to a
13. This cd          is used in two ways: as a             minimum. When the ammunition
parenthetical       suf%x to +i FSN, such as               packing box contains a metal liner,

            the liner should be sealed andair-                factorily at temperatures of -40” F.
            tested at 3 to 5 pounds per square                to 160” F. Most mines are not
            inch, if equipment is available.                  appreciably affected by tempera-
     (2)    When it is necessary to leave mines               ture changes.
            in the open, raise them, on dunnage,                 Caufion: If the temperature fluc-
            at least 6 inches from the ground                 tuates around freezing, steps must
            and cover them with a double thick-               be lx&en to prevent moisture or
            ness of paulin (tarpaulin),     leaving           water f?om accumulating        around
           enough space for the circulationof                 themineandsubseqrrsntlyfreezing.
           air. Drainage trenches should be                   The mine may become neutralized
           dug around the stacks to prevent                   by fhe formation of ice, See FM
           water from running under the pile.                 20-32 for information on laying
     (3)   Mines and components in their                      mines in winter weather.
           packings        should be protected           (10) Mines      may be reused (taken up
           against moisture.                                   and relaid) any number of times
     (4)   Boxes should not be opened in a                     provided that proper procedures
           magazine or at an ammunition                        as explained in this manual and
           dump, nor should they be opened                     in FM 20-32 are observed and that
           within 100 feet of any store of ex-                 no components show evidence of
           plosive. Safety tools, if available,                damage or deterioration.
           should be used in unpacking and               b. Field Storage and Preservation.       The
           repacking operations. Safety tools         following conditions govern field storage
           are those made of copper, wood, or         of mines, fuzes, and detonators.
           other material incapable of pro-                (1) Mines are usually stored in iso-
           ducing sparks whek struck.                          lated buildings or abandoned pill
     (5)   No attempt will be made to fuze a                   boxes which have been designated
           mine closer than 100feetto amag-                    for this purpose. When specially
           azine or other such stores of ex-                   constructed    magazines are not         _
           plosives or ammunition.                             available, buildings used should af-
     (6)   No disassembly of mines or com-                     ford good protection against mois-
           ponents thereof will be permitted                   ture and dampness, have adequate
           except as specifically       authorized             ventilation, and be on well-drained
           by the Army Materiel Command.                       ground. They must not be heated
     (7)   Safely pins, safety forks (clips),                  with open fires or stoves.
           and other safety devices are de-                (2) Mines that must be stored in the
           signed to prevent accidental initia-                open are stacked in small piles and
           tion of the mine while being handled.               protected       from dampness and
           They should be left in place until                  weather with tar paper and paulins.
           the last possible moment before                 (3) Boxes, cases, and other mine con-
           arming a r-nine, which should be                    tainers must be cleananddrywhen
           done as prescribed in armingpro-                     stored. Before storing, damaged
           cedures for the particular         item.            containers should be repaired or
           Be fore     removing     (picking up)               replaced, but not within 100 feetof
           mines, safety devices should be                      magazines.
           replaced, that is, the mines should             (4) No oily rags, paint, turpentine, or
           be properly disarmed.                                other flammable material are to be
     (8)   Make certain that firing device                      left in a magazine.
           wells, cap wells, activator wells,              (5) Mines should be piled by type in
           and fuze cavities are clear of ob-                   small piles so arranged that indi-
           struction and free of foreign mat-                   vidual containers are accessible
           ter before attempting to install the                 for inspection and air can circulate
           fuze or detonator.                                  freely. The tops of piles should be
     (9)   Mines will usually function satis-                  below the level of the eaves to avoid

       the heated space directly below the               and “friendly”    ammunition is not
        roof. The bottom of the piles should             permitted.     For further   storage
       be raised off the floor or groundat               precautions,    see TM g-1300-206
       least 2 inches. Stacks must not be                (TM 9-l-903).
        so high that containers or mines
       on the bottom will be crushed.          11.   Packing     and Marking   for Shipment
 (6)   Individual magazines, or stacks of         a. Packing data for land mines and their
       mines stored in the open, should be     components       are given in SM 9-5-1345
        separated by distances adequate to     (Conventional) or SM 3-1-1345 (Chemical).
       prevent propagation of an explosion        b. In addition to nomenclature     and lot
       from one to another. Refer to TM        number, packages offered for shipment are
        g-1300-206 (TM g-1903) for such        marked with the Interstate         Commerce
       distances.                              Commission shipping name of classifica-
 (7)   Magazines or storage areas must         tion of the article, the names and addresses
       be kept free of dry leaves, grass,      of consignor and consignee, volume, and
       trash, emptyboxes, scrap, lumber,       weight, and the Department of Defense
       and similar flammable material.         identification    code which replace the am-
       A 50-foot firebreak       should sur-   munition identification    code symbol form-
       round each magazine.
                                               erly used.
 (8)   Smoking, carrying        matches, or
       using lights other than approved        12.   Transportation
       electric lights is forbidden in mag-
       azines or mine-storage      areas.         Transportation  of explosives by rail or
 (9)   Store mines in accordance with          truck in the United States is regulated by
       prescribed procedures.                  “Interstate    Commerce Commission Reg-
(10)   Captured enemy mines and ex-            ulations for Transportation    of Explosives
       plosives should be storedindumps        and Other Dangerous Articles by Freight,”
       at least a quarter of a mile from       published by the Bureau of Explosives, 30
       the nearest dump of “friendly” am-      Vesey Street, New York, N.Y. Refer also
       munition. Mixed storage of enemy        to AR 55-155 and AR 55-228.

                                                      CHAPTER 2
                                     ANTIPERSONNEL                                    MINES-.

                           Section I. SERVICE ANTIPERSONNEL MINES AND FUZES

13. General
    a. Uses. Antipersonnel    (APERS) serv-                              their effect upon high-velocity   projection
ice mines are used primarily      as a hazard                            of fragments of the metal case, Blast type
to restrict or delay movement of enemy                                   mines depend for their effect upon the
foot troops by denying them access to                                    shock of the explosion. For a more detailed
certain areas. For this reason the number                                general discussion of the types of antiper-
of casualties caused by these mines is of                                sonnel mines, see paragraph 5c.
s e c on d a r y importance.    Antipersonnel                               c. Fuzes. Functioning of antipersonnel
mines are usually set off by enemy action                                mines is initiated by various types of fuzes.
(fig. 2), but some are so rigged that they                                The fuze serves to transform mechanical
may be initiated by a friendly observer                                   action, such as pressure on the fuze or pull
when enemy troops move within range.                                      on the trip cord, into an explosive force
Antipersonnel     mines are not effective                                which detonates the high-explosive charge
against armored vehicles; however, light,                                 or into a burning action which ignites the
thin-skinned    vehicles, such as trucks and                             propelling charge of a bounding-type anti-
jeeps, may be damaged or’ their occupants                                personnel mine. A fuze whichprovides ex-
 injured by a near by detonation. Special                                plosive force is called a detonatingj fuze;
care must be taken in camouflaging anti-                                  which provides burning action is called an
personnel mines because foot troops move                                  igniti@ fbze.
                                                                                Note.     Detonating      fuzes and i gn i tin g fuzes are            --
 slower and can therefore more readily de-                                   functionally       different    and  therefore   are not inter-
tect poorly concealed installations.      More                               changeable.
detailed information on uses and tactical                                    The initiating action for an APERS fuze
 employment of the antipersonnel         mines                               is normally either pressure directly on
 may be found in FM 20-32.                                                   the fuze or a pull on a trip wire attached
   b. Mines, Representative types of anti-                                   to the fuze (fig. 2).
personnel mines are shown in figure 1.                                          d. D&L Tabulated data on antipersonnel
 There are two g e ne r a 1 types of land                                    mines and fuzes may be found in table I.
 mines - “fragmentation f and ‘blast ef-                                     Additional data may be found in paragraphs
 fect”. Fragmentation      mines depend for                                  14 and 22.
                                  Table    I.   Service   Antipersonnel             Mines   and Fuzes
                                                 Swvice     ~tiDCtllK%lIl~          Miner
                                                                                                 Weight 88   Shipping    case dimensions      (in.)
            Nomenclature                              Packing   description                       shipped  r
                                                                                                   (lb.)      Length         Width          Height

 MINE,    ANTIPERSONNEL:                  Packed 1 mine w/l spool of four 26-                      93.4         32          13-l/4         9-l/2
     M2 and fuze, mine, combina-           ft length of steel wire/ctn,  10 ctn
     tion M6Al.                             (10 mine w/accessories)/wdn    bx.
 MINE,    ANTIPERSONNEL:                  Packed 1 mine w/l spool of four 26-                      93.4         32          13-l/4         9-l/2
  M2A1, and fuze, mine, com-               ft length of steel wire/ctn,  10 ctn
  bination M6Al.                            (10 mine w/accessories)/wdn    bx.
 MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:                     Packed 1 mine w/l spool of four 26-                      76.6         22-3/4      10-l/4         9-s/8
  M2A3 and fuze, mine, com-                 ft length of steel wire/ctn, 10 ctn
  bination M6Al.                            (10 mine w/accessories)/wdn     bx.
 MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:                     Packed 1 mine w/l spool of four 26-                      45.3         15          10-l/4         9-3/a           -.
  M2A4 and fuze, mine, com-                 ft length of steel wire/ctn, 6 ctn
  bination M6Al.                            (6 mine w/accessories)/wdn    bx.
                             Table   I.   Service      Antipersonnel            Mines     and Fuzes-Continued
                                               Service Antipersonnel               Mines-Continued
                                                                                                     Meight aa               Shipping           case    dimensions        (in.)
             Nomenclature                                     Packing    description                 shipped
                                                                                                      (lb.)                  Length                    Width          Height
                                            Packed 1 mine w/l spool of four 26-                                                                       LO-l/4         9-3/8
                                              ft length of steel wire/&n, 10 ctn
                                              (10 mine w/accessories)/wdn   bx.
    MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:                    Packed 4          mine w/4       fuze and 4 spool                                                                        w-----
      M3 and fuze, mine, combina-             of steel        wire/wdn        bx.
     tion M7Al.                             Packed 6          mine w/6       fuze and 6 spool             75.6                17-7/8                                 9-l/2
                                              of steel        wire/wdn        bx.                                        I
    MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:                    Packed 4 mine w/4 fuze M605/mtl                               44.8           1    15-5/8                  10-l/8         8-l/2
      Ml6 and fuze, mine, com-                cntr and 4 spool trip wire & 1
     bination M605.                           wrench M25/wdn bx.
    MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:                    Packed 4 mine w/4 fuze M605/mtl                               44.8                15-5/8                  10-l/8         8-l/2
      M16Al andfuze, mine,      com-          cntr and 4 spool trip wire and 1
     bination M605.                           wrench M25/wdn bx.
      Ml8 (T48) w/carrying
      68 w/sights.
                           kit M-
                                            Packed l/kit,   6 kit/wtrprf
                                              ctn, 1 ctn (6 mine)/wdn

                                            Packed 1 mine w/l blasting cap and
                                                                                                     =-I-=41.0                23-3/4


      Ml8 (T48) w/carrying kit M-             1 battery holder assy in carrying
      68 (T66).                               kit M68, 6 kit (6 mine)/tbrbd   ctn,
                                              1 ctn/wdn bx.

    MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:        l           Packed 5 mine w/5 electric blast-                             45                  14-l/8                  11-l/2         15-l/2
      Ml8 (T48) w/carrying kit M-             ing cap and 5 spool wire/carry-
      69 (T67).                               ing kit M69 (T67), 2 kit (10 mine)/
                                              wdn bx.
    MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:                    Packed 1 mine w/accessories   in M7                           --we-               ---*--                  ----me         ----me
      M18Al w/accessories.                    band 16 mine and 6 band)/wdn bx.
    MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:                    Packed 90 mine/ctn (w/90 detona-                              44.1                1 g-3/4                 17-l/4         8-3/4
      NM, Ml4 w/integral fuze.                tor M46 in set-up-box) and 6                           4=

                                              wrench M22/wdn bx.
                                            Packed 90 mine/ctn (w/90 detona-                              45.70               1 g-3/4                 17-l/4         8-3/4
                                              tor M46 in set-up-box) and 9
                                              wrench M22 wdn bx.

                                                    Service     Antipersonnel           Mine Fuzes

              Nomenclature                                     Packing    description                  r  Weight as

                                                                                                                                                 case dimensions

                                                                                                                                                        Width          Height

    FUZE, MINE:       combination            Packed 3/ctn, 16 ctn (48 fuze)/wdn                                   32.3             22-3/4              10-l/4          9-l/2
      M6Al.                                    bx.
                                             Packed 3/crdbd ctn, 4 ctn/strprf                                     32.8             32-5/8              lo-3/8          9-3/8
                                               pkg, 4 pkg (48 fuze)/wdn bx.
                                             Packed 3/ctn, 30 ctn (90 fuze)/wdn                                   56.0             32                  13-l/4          9-l/2
                                             Packed 3/ctn, 2 ctn/wtrprf   pkg, 15                                 56.0             32                  13-l/4          9-l/2
                                               pkg (90 fuze)/wdn bx.
    FUZE, MINE:       combination            Packed 3/&n, 16 ctn (48 fuzes)/                                      30.1                 22-3/4          10-l/4          9-l/2
      M7Al.                                    wdn bx.
                                             Packed c/crdbd ctn, 4 ctn/wtrprf                                     33.0                 22-5/8          lo-3/8          9-3/8
                                               pkg, 4 pkg (48 fuze)/wdn bx.
                                             Packed 3/ctn, 2 ctn/wtrprf  pkg, 8                                   33.0             22-5/8              lo-3/8          g-3/4
                                               pkg (48 fuzes)/wdn bx.
                                             Packed 3/ctn, 30 ctn (90 fuze)/wdn                                   56.0                 32              13-l/4          9-l/2
                                             Packed B/ctn, 2 ctn/strprf  pkg, 15                                  56.0                 32              13-l/4          9-l/2
                                               pkg (90 fuze)/w&   bx.

 14.   Mine,         Antipersonnel,        M2A4 with Fuze,                              base also contains the propelling charge,
       Mine,         Combination,         M6Al (fig. 8)                                  The projectile,        which is a modified
   a. General.   The antipersonnel      mine                                             60 -mm mortar shell, is contained in the --
 M2A4 is of the “bounding type.” To obtain                                              projector tuba-attached to the base. When
 a more effective fragmentationpattern,    the                                          the mine is triggered, the projectile acts
main charge (bursting charge, contained in                                               as a mortar. Detailed data on this mine and
a heavy steel tube) is projected several                                                fuze are listed in (1) and (2) below. Several
feet into the air by apropelling charge be-                                             earlier models of the M2 series are avail-
fore it is exploded. If the main charge were                                            able, as shown in table I. Except for minor
 exploded in the ground most of the frag-                                               improvements in design, the M2A 4 is iden-
ments would be imbedded in the earth and                                                tical to earlier versions of the M2. The
the effective fragments would be few in                                                 information in c through h below applies to
number and the effective radius very                                                    all models of the M2 series.
small.                                                                                       (1) Mine.
                                                                                                 Model number - M2A4.
                                                                                                 Type -bounding, fragmentation.
                                                                                                 Weight,     loaded and fuze-5.01
                                                   h         IPRESSURE             1
                                                                                                 Dimensions -height,       fuzed, 9-5/8
                                                                                                   inches; diameter plus portion of
                                                                                                   base for fuze, 3-3/4 inches.
           LOCKING      SAFETY   PIN
                                                         $     TPIN      RING
                                                                                                 Material - steel.
                                                                                                 Fuze well -capped        (hex cap) as
                                                                                                   shipped; located in the tube ex-
                                                                                                   tending upward from base.
                                                                                                 Relay - consists of delay andigni-
                                                                                                   ter charges -located         in base
                                                   g     ACOUPLING                u.i
                                                                                                   plug of projectile.                  -
                                                                                                 Detonator - consists of primary
                                                                                                   and secondary detonating char-
                                                                                                   ges -located adjacent to relay in
                                                                                                   base plug of projectile.
                                                                                                 Booster (tetryl) - located adjacent
                                                                                                   to detonator in base plug of pro-
                                                   II        BURSTING                            Weight of explosive charge (TNT)
                                                             CHARGE                                - 0.34 pound.
                                                   _ .       BOOSTER
                                                                                                 Weight of expelling charge (black
                                                                                                   powder) - 40 grains, located in
                                                                                                   base of mine near opening tode-
                                                                                                   lay charge in base plug of pro-
                                                                                                 Painting-body,      olive drab; base,
  Figure     8.      Mine,   antipersonnel,         M2A4        with      fuze,                  Marking - nomenclature        of mine,
                     mine,   combination,         M6Ai.                                            month and year loaded, and lot
                                                                                                   number (including loader’s ini-
   b. Description. This mine consists of a                                                         tials and symbol) - all in black.
combination mine fuze M6Al (par. 15), a                                                          Shipping cap - hexagonal shipping
propelling charge and a projectile all con-                                                        cap is on coupling base which is
tained in a steel case as shown in figure                                                          in fuze well as shipped. Coupling
8. The fuze is screwed        into the tube                                                       base contains primer and is fitted
attached to the base of the mine case. This                                                        with crimped-on igniter.

       (2) Fuze (par. 15).                                     ing, If either of these safety pins
            Model - number M6Al.                               binds when twisted in their holes,
-           Components - fir i n g mechanism                   turn in the mine to appropriate
               and primed coupling base with                   technical personnel for inspection.
               crimped-on igniter.
            Tw - combination.
            Weight of igniter charge (black
               powder) - 10 grains.
             Length- 7.18 inches (approx.).
            Thread size - 9/16 inch.
            Material -zinc-base       alloy.
            Safeties - locking safety pin (cot-
               ter pin type) in release pin at end
               opposite release pin ring; posi-
               tive safety pin (cotter pin type) in
               end of firing         pin between
               pressure prongs.
            Painting - olive drab.
     c. Functioning.
       (1) Pressure of 8 to 20 pounds acting
           on one or more of the three prongs
           of the fuze, or, pull of 3 to 10 pounds
           on a trip wire attached to the re-
           lease pin ring of. the fuze causes
           release of firing pin which is then
           forced downward by the firing pin
           spring and strikes the primer.                              ,                             .RAPD 116928

       (2) Primer projects a flame toigniter          Figure   9.   Packing  box for antipersonnel       mine
           charge.                                                   M2A,# and fuze M6Al.
       (3) Igniter transmits flame to propel-
           ling charge.                                  (3) Unscrew the hexagonal shipping
       (4) Propelling charge transmits flame                 cap from the coupling base in the
           to delay charge and projects the                  mine,      inspect the fuze well for
           s he 11 (modified 60-mm mortar                    foreign matter, and screw the fir-
           shell) from mine.                                 ing mechanism to the couplingbase
       (5) Delay charge then transmits flame                 hand-tight.
           to ignite charge, which causes                (4) Place the mine upright in the hole
           detonator, booster, and bursting                  so that the trips of the prongs on
           charge to function bursting the                   the fuze protrude above ground
           shell at a height of approximately                level ( (1) above). Pack dirt tightly
           two to three meters.                              around and over the mine to just
    d. Laying and Arming.                                    below the release pin level. After
       (1) Prepare a hole-in the ground with a               emplacement, check mine for sta-
           firm foundation at the bottom and a               bility by attempting to move the
           depth      such that the fuze prongs,             mine laterally. If the mine moves,
           with the mine emplaced, extend                    pack dirt more solidly around the
            about l/4-inch    to 3/4-inch above              mine.
            ground level.                                (5) Install one or more trip wires by
       (2) After unpacking a mine and a firing               attaching them first        to firmly
           mechanism (packed in the carton                   driven stakes and then to the re-
           with the mine) (fig. 9), test the lock-           lease pin ring, leaving enough slack
            ing safety pin and the positive                  in the trip wires to allow the top of
            safety pin for freedom from bind-                the fuze to rotate to receive a direct
          pull on the release pin ring from                 hole and the locking safety pin
          any one of the trip wires. This is                hole.
          necessary for proper functioning of           (4) Insert      the positive safety pin .-
          the fuze.                                         first, and then insert the locking
             Caufion: Be sure that there is no              safety pin.
          tension on the trip wires.                    (5) Disconnect the trip wires.
      (6) Remove the locking safety pin by              (6) Remove the remaining dirt from
          pulling on the cord to which it is                the hole and remove mine.
          attached.                                     (7) Unscrew the firing       mechanism
      (7) Finish filling the hole with dirt up to           from the fuze, taking care nof to
          the tips of the prongs, making sure               remove the coupling base contain-
          that the dirt around the trip wire (8)            ing the primer from the mine.
          and around the cord attachedtothe             (8) Replace the hexagonal shipping cap
          positive safety pin is loose enough               and return the mine and firing
          to permit free movement.                          mechanism to their original con-
      (8) The effective pressure area may be                dition and packing.
          increased by installing       a board,      g. Effectiveness.
          fixed at one end, and in such aposi-         (1) Casualty radius, approximately 10
          tion that pressure      on the board              meters.
          would bring pressure on the prongs           (2) Danger radius, approximately 150
          of the fuze. If a board is installed,             meters.
          c are must be exercised not fo                (3) Ten percent more effective than
          alIow     fhe weighf affheboard        to         antipersonnel    mine M16Al (par.
           exert any pressure on fhe fuze.                  18).
      (9) Camouflage the *hole installation.          h. Special PrecautiOnS.
    (10) Remove the positive safety pin by              (1) No attempt will be made to disase
          pulling on the end of the cord at-                semble the mine beyond unscrew+
          tached to it, thus arming the fuze.               ing the firing mechanism from the
             Warning; Do not distrLTb the trip              base coupling when a mine is re- --
          wires,                                            moved from the emplaced posi-
    (11) Save the hexagonal shipping cap and                tion.
          both safety pins for use indisarm-            (2) Mines with loose projector caps
          ing the fuze.                                      or with a loose primer in the base
   e. Boobyfrapping.      This mine has no pro-             coupling will not be used until in-
vision for a secondary boobytrapping fuze.                   spection by ordnance personnel
Boobytrapping       will be done only by espe-               shows that the igniter charge and
cially trained personnel. Refer to FM 5-                    propelling    charge have not been
31.                                                         damaged by moisture, and the pro-
   L Disarmiq&J and Removal            (Neufral-            jector cap and the primed base
izing).                                                     coupling with igniter charge (pri-
   Warning:       DO not attempt to disarm or               mer and igniter assembly) have
remove any mine that is frozen in or to the                 been resealed.
ground.                                                 (3) Although the mine is water resist-
      (1) Carefully inspect the installation                 ant, it should not be expected to
          for boobytraps and boobytrapping                  function after prolonged submer-
          devices before each of steps (2)                  gence in water.
          through (7) below.                                  Note   1. The mine        may be laid and re-
      (2) Carefully remove the camouflage                  moved any number of times if not damaged
          material     and pressure    board, if           or deteriorated,      and if the above instruc-
                                                           tions are f o 11 owe d. Do not use mines if
          =lY*                                             either   the mine projector       cap or the coup-
      (3) Carefully remove the dirt from                   ling base containing       the primer are loose,
          around the top of the mine to ex-                except    as provided    in (2) above.
          pose both the positive safety pin                   Note   9. Hexagonal     shipping    and storage

         cap is removed     from base coupling    in the   16. Mine, Antipersonnel,         M3 and Fuze, Mine,
         field and replaced    with firing mechanism.
                                                               Combination,   M7Al
15. Fuze, Mine, Combination,         M6Al                     a. General. Antipersonnel mine M3 is a
                                                           fragmentation-type     mine. It consists of a
    a. Description.  This fuze (fig. 8), which             high-explosive    charge in a heavy cast iron
is used with all antipersonnel mines, M2                   case. It is normally placed at the surface
series, consists of a tripronged           firing          of the ground, as shown in figure 4. How-
mechanism, and a base coupling fitted with                 ever, its effective radius canbe increased
a percussion cap p r i me r and a black                    if it is raised several feet off the ground.
powder igniter. This base coupling assem-                  Its effective r ad iu s is considerably re-
bly is assembled to the mine as issued                     duced when the mine is buried. The mine
and the firing mechanism is packed sepa-                   case has three fuze wells which permit
rately in the mine packing box, The base                   boobytrapping     on a variety of fuzing ar-
coupling assembly is protected by a hex-                   rangements.
agonal shipping cap. Completely assem-                        b. Description. (fig. 10).
bled f uz e s may also be requisitioned
separately (Table I). The firing mechanism                      (1) Boo$. The‘cast-iron body is filled
                                                                    with 0.90 pound of flake TNT. There
consists of a cylindrical head and body, the                        are threaded fuze wells in two op-
head being slightly larger in diameter. The                         posite sides and one end. The fuze
head contains a spring-loaded trigger pin                            (M7Al), which consists of a firing
to which the three pressure prongs are                              mechanism and a p r i me d base
attached. The head also contains a spring-                          coupling to which a nonelectric
loaded release pin with the locking safety                          blasting cap is crimped, may be
pin and with a release pin ring for attach-                         inserted in any one of these wells.
ment of a pull or trip wire. The head and                           As shipped; the holes are closed
body of the firing mechanism contain a                              with slotted plastic plugs. In one
firing pin which consists of a l/8-inch steel                       end, opposite the end containing the
rod recessed near the center for engage-                            threaded well is a filling hole
ment of the release pin. The positive safety                        which is closed with a metal disk,
pin is located near the top of the firing pin                       Additional      information   may be
between the prongs of the firing mechanism                          found in table I.
head. See paragraph l&(2) for additional
                                                                (2) Fuze. The fuze M7Al is described
data on this fuze.                                                  in paragraph 17.
    b. Functioning. The firing mechanism is                          Note.    Fuze M7Al     is not interchangeable
initiated by a pull on a trip wire attached                        with   the M6Al  (par.    15).
to the release pin ring, thus releasing the                   c. Functioning.       A pressure of 8 to 20
firing pin, or by pressure on one or more                  pounds on any of the prongs of the fuze or a
of the prongs of the head. Such pressure                   pull of 3 to 10 pounds on the release pin
depresses the trigger pin which operates                   ring will release the firing pin. The firing
the release pin which, in turn, releases                   pin strikes the primer. A small, intense
the firing pin. A pull of 3 to 10 pounds on                spit of flame from the primer explodes the
the release pin ring or a force of 8 to 20                 nonelectric      blasting cap crimped to the
pounds on one or more of the prongs pro-                   base coupling of the fuze, which in turn
truding from the top of the head depresses                 explodes the TNT bursting charge. The ex-
the head about 9/32-inch and causes the                    ploding charge fragments the cast iron
fuze to function.                                          case and propels the fragments at high
    Warnin&      When the fuze is unpacked for             speed in all directions away from the blast.
use, it should be inspected to insure that the                d. Installation and Arming.      Remove a
trigger pin in which the prongs are set                    mine from the packing case (fig. 12). Pre-
(fig. 8) is fully seated, and that the safety              pare the mine for use by testingthe safety
pins doe not bind. If the fuze fails to meet               pins (cotter pins) on the fuze (fig. 13) for
any of these requirements,      it is unsafe and           freedom from binding. The mine may be
should not be used.                                        installed with any one or all of the fuzes

                                                                            particular operation. Use wrench
                                                                            packed with mines. Conceal the
                                                   f                        plugs for possible future use in --
                                                                            disarming     in accordance with
                                                                            FM 20-32.
                                                                        (c) Inspect the threaded well to in-
                                                                            sure absence of foreign matter.
                                                                        (d’ Screw in the fuze or fuzes, mak-
                                                                            ing s ur e that the nonelectric
                                                                            blasting cap is attached.
                                                                        (e) Attach the trip wires to anchor
                                                                            stakes and then to the release pin
                                                                            ring of the fuze, making certain
                                                                            that most of the slack of the wire
                                                                            is taken up but that the wire 4s not
                                                                            tight enough to exert any pull on
                                                                            the ring. Jf more than one trip
                                                                            wire is attached to a singlefuze,
                                                                            leave enough slack in the trip
                                                                            wire to allow the top of the fuze
                                                                            to rotate just enough to receive a
                                                                            direct pull on the release pm ring
                                                                            by any one of the trip wires. This
                                                                            is necessary for proper function-
                                                                            ing of the fuze.

                                               CLOSING     DISK

                                               RA PD   49595C

     Figure   10.   Mine, antipersonnel,    M3 and fuze,
                    mine, combination,     M'7Al.

arranged for trip-wire       operation, pres-                                                                        RAPD     116929

sure operation, or both.                                           Figure    11.     Packing box for antipersonnel          nine,
    (1) For trip- wire operation                                                       M3 and fuze, M7Al.
       (a) Anchor the mine firmly so that it
           will not move when the trip wire                                                  RELEASE   PIN
           is pulled. The mine may be se-
           cured by partially burying it and
           packing it with earth, or by tying                     COUPLING    BASE
           or taping it to a tree, stakes, or
           other immovable object.                                                                           REMOVE     LAST
      (6) Remove one, two, or three ofthe                                                                        RAPD       1512X
           closing plugs depending upon how
                                                                    Figure   I,%?. Fuze,    mine, combination,     M7Al.
           many fuzes are to be used for the
      (f)     Camouflage the installation      in            (positive) first, and then insertthe
              accordance with FM 5-20.                       release pin safety pin (locking).
        (g) Arm the fuze or fuzes by first               (3) Disconnect the trip wires.
             pulling out the relase pin safety           (4) Remove the mine.
             pin and then pulling out the safety         (5) Remove the fuze or fuzes, including
             pin (positive) locatedbetween the               base coupling with blasting cap
             three prongs. Neither safety pin                attached.
              may bind.                                  (6) Replace the closing plugs and re-
        (h) Do not adjust or disturb the trip                turn the mine and its components
             wires.                                          to their original packings.
      (2) For pressure operation.                     h. Disarming and Removal (Neutraliz-
        (a) Place the mine in a hole withtop        ing) a Pressure Installation.
              of prongs of a fuze one-fourth of              Inspect carefully for boobytraps.
              an inch below ground level.                ii; Remove pressure board, if any.
        (b) A pressure board may be placed               (3) Insert the firing pin safety pin
             to bear very lightly on prongs of               ( ‘positivefl safety pin).
              mine.                                      (4) Remove the mine.
                WarnIn& If apressure board is            (5) Remove the fuze or fuzes, including
             used, it must be so placed that it              base coupling with blasting cap
             exerts practically nopressure on                attached.
             prongs .                                    (6) Rep 1 ace the closing plugs and
         (c) Cover and camouflage the mine.                  return the mine and its compo-
         (d) .Arm the fuze or fuzes by first                 nents to their original packings.
             pulling out the @ease pinsafety                    Note. The mine may be laid and removed
                                                              according  to the a b o v e instructions any
             pin (locking safety pin) and then                number of times if not deterioratedor
             pulling out the firing pin safety                damaged.
                                                             -_    .~
             pin (positive safety pin) located        i. EiSxtiveness.
             bet we en the three prongs.                 (1) Effective radius, 10 meters when
             Neither may bind.                               detonated at surface of ground.
   e. Arming From a Distance. If desired,               (2) Effective radius may be increased
a lo- to 18-inch piece of No. 16 wire at-                    by detonating above ground.
tached to a long cord may be inserted in                (3) Fragments may be thrown more
place of the locking and positive safety                     than 100 meters.
pins (always remove the positive safety pin                     Warning: Make sure that friendly
last) so that the arming may be done from                    trocps within      a radius of 100
a distance,                                                  meters of a laid mine are ade-
   f. Boobytrapping.        This mine may be                 quately protected.
boobytrapped to prevent disturbance or re-
moval, by using the firing devices (with            17.   Fuze,   Mine,   Combination,   M7Al
nonelectric       blasting caps) described in          This fuze (figs. 12 and 13) consists of a
paragraph        41. The firing devices with        three-pronged     firing mechanism of the
blasting caps are * screwed into the fuze           same type used withthe fuze M6Al (par. 15)
wells not occupied by the main fuze. Figure         and a primed base coupling which is fitted
4 shows a mine M3 with antilift and anti-           with a blasting cap. The base coupling used
disturbance boobytrapping arrangements.             with the fuze M7Al is a l/4-inch shorter
Before attempting to use the various firing         than the one used with fuze M6Al. A
devices available, personnel should study           blasting cap is employed by fuze M7Al
the instructions for their use contained in         because it is used with the antipersonnel
TM g-1375-200.                                      mine M3 in which the high explosive is
  g. Disarming         and Removal (Neutraliz-      directly exploded by the cap, whereas the
ing) a Trip- Wire Installation.                     igniter of the fuze M6Al used with M2
     JI) Inspect carefully for boobytraps,          series mines ignites a propelling charge
     (2) Insert the firing pin safety pm            in the bottom of the mine.

    WZU7dXg: When the fuze is unpacked                    18. Mine, Antipersonnel,    M16Al   with Fuze,
for use, it should be inspected tc insure                     Mine, Combination,     M605                  --
that the trigger pin is seated against the                   a. GeneraZ.. This mine (fig. 14) is of the
crimping at the top of the head, that the                 bounding fragmentation type and functions
release pin is fully seated, and that the                 similarly to mine M2A4 described inpar-
 safety pin (cotter pin) does not bind. If the            agraph 14. The M16Al has an explosive
fuze fails to meet any of these require-                  charge three times larger than the M2A4
ments, it is unsafe and should not be used,               and therefore has a more effective frag-
 For information    on installation, arming,              mentation pattern and a larger effective
and neutralizing,    refer to paragraph 16.               radius.
As shipped, the fuze M7Al is a complete                      b. Description.     This mine consists of a
assembly consisting of firing mechanism                   combination mine fuze M605 (par. 19), a
and primed base coupling with crimped-                    propelling     charge, and a projectile,      all
on blasting cap. This complete assembly                   contained in a sheet steel case (fig. 15).
is packed separately but in the same pack-                The fuze screws into the top of the case
ing box with the mine. The fuzes are also                 and extends through the center of the pro-
packed for the separate issue, the method                 jectile to the bottom of the case, where the
of packing being identical to that for fuzes              expelling (propelling) charge is located,
M6Al. See table I for details.                            The remaining space inside the case is
                                                          occupied by the projectile. Detailed data
                                                          on this mine and fuze are listed in (1) and
                                                          (2) below. Additional data may be found in
                                                          table I. An earlier model, the M16, is also
                                                          available for issue as shown in table I. The
                                                          principal differences between the M16Al
                                                          and Ml6 are in the construction of the det-
                                                          onators and boosters. Figure 16 shows the 1
                                                          differences between the two models. The
                                                          information      in e through i below pertains
                                                          to both models.
                                                                (1) Mine.
                                                                    Model number - M16Al.
                                                                    Type - bounding, fragmentation.
                                                                    Weight, loaded andunfuzed - 7-7/8
                                                                      pounds (approx.)
                                                                    Dimensions -height, shipping,
                                                                                       5-l/2 inches
                                                                                       (awrox. )
                                                                                     height fuzed, 8
                                                                                       inches (approx.)
                                                                                     diameter, 4-l/16
                                                                    Material - steel and cast iron.
                                                                     Fuze well - in center of mine,
                                                                       closed with hexagonal shipping
                                                                       plug, as shipped.
                                                                     Two delay charges.
                                                                     Two detonators.
                                                                     Two boosters (tetryl).
                                                                     Weight of bursting charge (TNT) -
                                                                       1 pound.
     Figure   13.    Installing    fuse M7Ai   in anti-              Weight of expelling charge (black
                    personnel     mine M3.                             powder) - 75 grains (approx.).

-                                                                                                                   PRESSURE PRONGS

                                                                                                                        POSITIVE SAFE TY


                                                                                                                           PIN RING

                                                                                        LO1 <DING
                                                                                        ASS EMBLY   s
-   +------4-l                  16 IN

                                                                                                        i .’
                                                                                                            *-      FLASH IGNITER
                                        GREEN       WIRE                                                1 :*
                                                                                            f           + ,a,

                                                              SAND-COL&ED        WIRE
                                        0775      IN.
                                     ACROSS       FLATS

                                                                                                                            0.64 IN.

                                                                                                                                ORD D757

       Figure    14.   Items   contained         in antipersonnel mine M16Al         packing  case-antipersonnel        mine   M16A1,
                               combination         mine fuze M605, trip wire,       and &zing   wrench,     M?25.

          Painting - olive drab.                                                               plug is in place in the fuze well
          Marking - nomenclature of mine,                                                      (in center of mine) as shipped.
            month and year loaded, and lot                                                     This plug is removed and
            number (including loader’s                                                         replaced with fuze in the field.
            initials and symbol) - all in                                                (2) Fuze. (par. 19).
            yellow.                                                                          Model number - M605.
          Shipping plug - hexagonal shipping                                                 Components - firing mechanism
                                                                                               and primed fuze body with
                                                                                               crimped-on igniter containing
                                                                                               a black powder charge.
                                                                                             Type - combination.
                                                                                             Dimensions - length, 7-l/8 inches;
                                                                                               diameter (overall), l-3/4 inch.
                                                                                             Material - metal.
                                                                                             Safeties - locking safety pin (cotter
                                                                                               pin type) in release pin ring;
                                                                                               positive safety pin (cotter pin
                                                                                               type) in end of firing pinbetween
                                                                                               pressure prongs; interlocking
                                                                                               pin between safety pins.
                                                                                             Painting - olive drab.
                                                                                             Marking - nomenclature of fuze.
                                                                                    C.     Functioning by Pressure
                                                                                           (fig. 16).
                                                                                         (1) Pressure of 8 to 20pounds oneither
               I+-     APPROX   4.IN------+              ORD    D758                          of the three   prongs of the fuze
 Figure   15. Mine, antipersonnel,  M16Ai and fuze,                                           compresses the pressure spring.
              mine combination,    M606.                                                                                                  -
                                    PRESSURE PRONGS            (31                                                \

                                    TRIGGER        PIN

     PRESSURE SPRIN                           LEASE PIN SPRING

                                                   RELEASE PIN RING

                                              FIRING PIN SPRING
                                              (STRIKER SPRING)

                                                           FIRING PIN

                                                         J PERCUSSION

                                                                         SHELL (SODY)
                                                         -(BURSTING               CHARGE)
                                                                            OSTER CHARGE
                                                                               ONATOR q

                                                                                 MIXTURE ------+
                                                                        DELAY    ELEMENT    -1
                                                                     EXPELLING   CHARGE              d!
                                                                                                                      M16Al   ORD D7.59

                        Figure 16. Comparison                  of antipersonnel            mines Ml6 and Ml6Al.

  (2) Pressure        spring forces the trigger        structions or foreign matter, turn
          downward.                                    the mine upside down and gently
    (3) Wedge-shaped tip of trigger forces             tap its bottom. lf any mines appear
         r e 1e as e pin outward to position           to be damaged or in anunsatisfac-
         where firing pin (strike) is re-              tory condition, they should be car-
         leased.                                       ried to a safe place and destroyed
    (4) Firing pin spring forces firing pin            with explosives by authorized per-
         downward.                                     sonnel as prescribed      in TM 9-
    (5) Firing pin hits primer, which ig-              1300-206 (TM9-1903).
         nites the fuze delay charge.              (3) Carefully examine the fuze assem-
    (6) Fuze delay charge while burning                bly, including the crimping at the
         allows time for person stepping on            top of the fuze where it touches
         prong(s) to move from directly                the top of the trigger, for evidence
         above mine.                                   of damage. Check the safety pins
   (7) Fuze delay charge then ignites the              to see that they move freely in the
         fuze relay charge, which ignites              safety pin holes. Be sure the rub-
         the fuze igniter charge.                      ber gasket is around the fuze case.
   (8) Fuze igniter charge ignites the             (4) Screw the fuze assembly into the
         mine propelling (expelling) charge.           fuze well of the mine and tighten
   (9) Mine propelling        charge projects          it securely against the rubber
         cast-iron shell upward from mine              gasket, using the open end of the
         body and at the same time ignites             combination wrench M25.
         the two detonator delay charges.          (5) Dig a hole about 6 inches deep and
  (10) When shell is approximately one                 about 5 inches in diameter.
                                                         Note. When buried so that the tops of the
         meter above the ground the deto-             pressure      pro n g s are about even with the
         nator delay charges have burned              surface    of the ground, sympathetic       detona-
         through, initiating the detonators.          tion will     o c c u r when mines Ml6 are laid
                                                      approximately        1.5 to 2 meters apart.
  (11) Detonators explode boosters which
         in turn explode bursting charge.          (6) Place    the mine in’ the hole. It can
  (12) Explosion of bursting chargeshat-              be installed so that it willdetonate
         ters shell, projecting metal frag-           by pressure alone; or it maybe in-
         ments in all directions.                     stalled with trip wires, in which
  (13) The mine will explode even if re-              case the mine can be detonated
         strained by a weight or barrier,             either by pressure on the pressure
         from being projected upward.                 prongs or by pull on the trip wires,
                                                      as described in (a) and (b) below.
e. Functioning by Pull.                             (a) For pressure actuation. C:eve r
      (fig. 14).                                         the mine with spoil (dirt) from
    (1) Pull of 3 to 10 pounds on a trip                 the hole, pressing it firmly into
         wire attached to the release pm                place around the s ide s of the
         ring of the fuze pulls release pin              mine. Leave the release-pin ring
         outward to position where firing                and pressure      prongs exposed.
         pin (striker) is released.                      Arrange the p ull cords on the
    (2) Functioning from this point on is                safety pins for easy withdrawal.
         the same as described           in d(4)         Camouflage t he installation       in
         through d(13) above.                            accordance with instructions       in
f. Installi@ and Armin&                                  FM 20-32, Remove the locking
    (1) Unscrew the hexagonal shipping                   safety pin. After the 1 o c king
         plug from the fuze well of the mine,            safety pin is removed, the inter-
         using the c 10s ed end of fuzing                locking pin can be removed from
         wrench M25 issued with the mine.                the positive safety pin, which is
    (2) Examine the fuze well and flash                  1 oc at ed between the prongs.
         tube for evidence of obstructionor               Finally, remove the p o s it ive
         foreign matter.       To remove ob-             safety pin, thus arming the fuze.
            Warning: If the positive safety              like safety pin (cotter pin), a length
          pm is hard to remove the fuse                  of steel wire, or a nail of proper
          should be replaced with a new                  diameter t h r o u g h the positive
                                                         safety--pin hole (located betweer
       (b) ?ti    trip-wire    acfuafion. Cover          the prongs of the fuze).
            the mine with spoil (dirt), pres-        (3) Insert the safety pin, a length of
            sing it firmly in place around the           steel wire, or a nail through the
            sides of the mine. Leave the re-             locking safety pin hole (located in
            lease-pin ring and p r e s s u r e           the head of the fuze, opposite the
            prongs exposed. Drive two an-                release pin ring).
            chor stake s approximately        10            Warning: The positive safetypin
            meters (approx. 33 feet) from the            must be inserted FIRST.. In case
            mine. Locate the stakes so that              the fuze malfunctions, the positive
            wires, when attached, will form              safety pin stops any action that
            a wide “V.” A third trip wire and
            anchor stake may be installed,            (4) t=i       slack trip wires attached to
            if desired. This prevents any lat-             the release pin ring.
            eral movement of the e ne m y.                     Warning; Never cut a taut wire
            Fasten a separate wire to each                 until the other end has been ex-
            anchor stake, then fasten the free             amined to see that it is not anchored
            ends to the release pin ring of                to another mine.
            the fuze. Follow the steps out-           (5) Carefully dig around the sides and
            lined in (a) above for removing                bottom of the mine and check for
            the safety pins,                               boobytrapping devices. (If the mine
               Warning: Do not install the trip             is boobytrapped, proceed as out-
            wires so taut that they exertpull               lined in Warning in (1) above.)
            on the release pin ring, as this           (6) Lift the mine from the ground.
            might cause the mine to deto-              (7) Unscrew and remove the fuze as- -
            nate accidentally when the safety               sembly from the mine.
            pins are removed.                          (8) Replace the shipping plug.
  g. Boobflrappin&          No secondary f uz e        (9) Restore mine to original condition
wells for boobytrapping         are provided in             and packing.
the mine M16, and boobytrapping will be             i. Effectiveness.
done only by especially trainedpersonnel.              (1) Casualty radius when exploded, ap-
Refer to FM 5-31.                                           proximately 30 meters.
  h. Disarming and Removal.                            (2) Danger radius 200 meters.
     (1) After locating the mine andcheck-             (3) The mine Ml6 is a highly effective
          ing for booby-traps, carefully un-                weapon, capable of killing or injur-
          cover the top and examine it for                  ing personnel in the vicinity of the
          evident      e of malfunctioning    or            mine. It is more effective than the
          damage from blast.                                M2 series bounding type antiper-
             Wa.rnh.g: If the mine is damaged,              sonnel mine (para. 14). This mine
          do not attempt to neutralize        it.           is primarily   employed in m ix e d
         Either destroy it in place uiith a                 mine f i e Ids to protect antitank
         prepared charge, or attach a 50-                   mine s against enemy breaching
          meter length of wire or rope to the               parties. However, it canbe usedby
          head of the fuze and, from a pro-                 itself in the preparation     of am-
          tected position, pull the mine from               bushes or in the nuisance mining
          the hole. Be sure kc examine such                 of areas likely to be occupied by
          protected position for mines before               enemy troops.
          occupying it.                                (4) Since both the pressure prongs and
     (2) If the mine does not appear to be                  trip wires will be exposed after
          damaged, insert the original or a                 the mine is installed, the Ml6 is

            best employed where        at least 3   side of the fuze case and through one end
            inches of natural cover is avail-       of the release pin. Attached to the other end
-           able. When installed for trip-wire      of the release pin is the release-pin ring
            actuation, a maximum of front can       to which trip wires may be attached.
            be covered with a single mine.           Threads for assembling the fuze in the
            Normally,     2 trip wires are used     fuze well of the mine are located about mid-
            with each mine. The spool of trip       way on the head assembly. At this point
            wire packed with each mine con-         the fuze case is shaped to permit the use
            tains 4 separate 12 meter lengths.      of a wrench in tightening the fuze to the
            Two are green, and two are sand         mine. The interlocking pin is designed to
            colored. Always select the color        assure that the safety pins will be with-
            that blends best with the terrain or    drawn in the proper sequence, that is, the
            vegetation. If it is necessary to in-   locking safety pin first and the positive
            stall this mine in bare or sparsely-    safety pin last.
            covered ground, the use of trip            c. Loading Assembly. The loading as-
            wires     is undesirable;   a soldier   sembly, which       is screwed to the head
            walking erect is not likely to detect   assembly to complete the fuze assembly,
            the pressure prongs unless alerted      consists of the primer assembly and the
            to the presence of the mines.           delay and relay charge assembly to which
     j. Special Precautions.                        the igniter is crimped.
        (1) No attempt will be made to disas-          d. Functioning.    See paragraph 18 for
            semble the mine (except as re-          functioning.
            quired in e and g above), to un-            e. Wrench, Fuzing, Antipersonnel Mine,
            screw the shipping plug in prepa-       MZ’. This combination box and open-end
            ration for fuzing, or to unscrew        wrench (fig. 14) is stamped from apiece of
            and remove the fuze in neutralizing     strip steel 6 inches long, l-1/4 inches wide
            operations.                             and about l/8-inch thick. The box end has
        (2) Mines with broken or jammed outer       a hexagonal opening, 0.775-inch across
            casing or fuzes from jammed or          flats, to engage the shipping plug of anti-
            dented metallic containers will not     personnel mine M16Al (par. 18). The open-
            be used until inspection by ammu-       end has an opening of 0.64-inch to engage
            nition personnel shows that neither     the shoulder on the combination minefuze
            the propelling     charge of the mine   M605, which is used with the M16Al mine.
            nor the fuze has been damaged by
            moisture or otherwise.                  20.   Mine,   Antipersonnel,   M18Al
                                                          and Accessories
    19.   Fuze,   Mine   Combination,   M605
                                                       a. General. The antipersonnel         mine
       a. General. This fuze consists of two        M18Al (fig. 18) is adirectional, fixed frag-
    main assemblies, the head assembly and          mentation mine that is used primarily for
    the loading assembly (figs. 14,15, and 17).     defense of bivouac areas, outposts, and
    Although somewhat similar in design, the        against infiltration    tactics. This mine is
    M605 and the M6Al (par. 15) are not in-         also effective     against thin-skinned vehi-
    terchangeable.                                  cles such as jeeps, automobiles, trucks,
       b. Head Assembly. The head assembly          etc., readily perforating the outer body
    contains the firing mechanism and safety        and injuring or killing the occupants. The
    devices. It includes the three pressure         fragments will also puncture tires, gas
    prongs projecting from the top of the fuze      tanks, crankcases, radiators,        and engine
    case, the positive safety pin which passes      accessories. When detonated, a fan-shaped
    through the firingpin between the pressure      sheaf (pattern) of spherical steel frag-
    prongs, the interlocking pin located on the     ments is projected in a 60-degree hori-
    side of the head and assembled to boththe       zontal arc covering a casualty area of
    positive and locking safety pins, and the       50 meters to a height of 2 meters. Each
    locking safety pin which passes through one     mine is issued in a bandoleer containing
one mine with accessories and instructions                         bottom of the mine, enable the
for use (fig. 18 and 19). See table I for                           mine to be emplaced on all types
detailed information on packing.                                    of surfaces. The mine can alsob --
  b. Description.                                                  tied’to posts, trees, etc.
    (1) Mine. Mine M18Al (fig. 17) is a                     (2) Accessories.
          curved, rectangular,        olive-drab,              (a) Firing device M57. The firing
          molded case of fiberglass filled                         device M57 (fig. 18) is handheld
          polystyrene     (plastic). It is 8-l/2                   pulse generator          which, by a
          inches long, l-3/8        inches wide,                    single actuation of the handle,
          3-l/4 inches high, and weighs 3.5                        produces a double (one positive,
          pounds. In the front portion of the                       one negative) electrical       pulse.
          case is a fragmentation face con-                         This device is about 4 inches
          taining 700 steel spheres (10.5                           long, l-3/8 inches wide, 3-l/4
          grains) embedded in a p 1 as t ic                        in c he s high, and weighs 3/4-
          matrix. The back portion of the                          pound. At one end of the firing de-
          case, behind the matrix, contains a                      vice is a rubber connector with
          1.5-pound layer of composition C-4                       a dust cover.
          explosive. The fragmentation face                    (b) Test set M4U. The test set M40
          is convex horizontally to direct the                     (fig. 18) is an instrument used for
          fragments in a go-degree arc and                         checking the continuity         of the
          concave vertically to control the                        initiating c i r c u it of this mine.
          vertical dispersion of the frag-                         This test set is 3-l/2 inches long,
          ments. Additional components of                          l-1/2 inches wide, l-3/8 inches
          this mine are: two detonator wells                       high and weighs l/a-pound. Rub-
          with shipping plug priming adapt-                        ber connectors protrude           from
          ers, a molded slit-type peepsight,                       each end, one with acombination
          and two pairs of scissor type fold-                      shorting plug and dust cover and
          ing legs. These components are de-                       the other with a dust cover only.-
          scribed in (a) through (c ) below.                       A small window is provided fc
       (a) Detonator wells. The two det-                           observing the flashes of an indih
             onator wells, located in the top of                   eating lamp.
            the mine, enable the mine to be                   (c) Electric blasfizg cap M4.            The
            fired from two locations or tobe                       electric blasting cap M4 (fig. 18)
            fired by nonelectric        single or                  consists of an electric blasting
            dual priming.      The wells       are                 blasting cap M6 attached to 100
            sealed by the plug ends of the                         feet (30 meters) of firing wire.
            shipping plug priming adapters                         Attached to the firing wire con-
            which prevent entry of foreign                         nector is a combination shorting
            materials    into the de t on at or                    plug and dust cover. The short-
            wells. The slotted end of the ship-                    ing p 1 ug prevents        accidental
            ping plug priming adapter is used                      functioning of the blasting capby
            to hold an electric or nonelectric                     static electricity      and the dust
            blasting cap in place when the                         cover prevents dirt and moisture
            mine is armed.                                         from entering the connector. The
             Note.   The s h i p p i n g plug-priming              blasting cap assembly is wrapped
           adapter  is merely reversed      when      the
           mine is to be armed.                                    around a flat paper and then
     (b) Peepsight       and arrows.     The                       rolled to form apackage 6 inches
          molded slit-type    peepsight and                        long, 4 inches wide, and 2 inches
          arrows (fig. 17), located on top of                      high. This assembly should be
          the mine, are used to aim the                            uncoiled without tangling or kink-
          mine.                                                     ing. A piece of insulating tape is
      (c) Legs. The two pairs of scissor-                          used to hold the package to-
          type folding legs, located on the                         gether.
                                                               MOLDED      SLIT-TYPE PEEP SIGHT





                       Figure   17.   Mine,   antipersonnel,      MlBAl.

                                                                                       CARRYING     STRAP

                                                                                     ,BANDOLEER        M7

                                                                                I’    INSULATION     TAPE

                                                                                ‘FIRING      DEVICE MS7

                                                                          TEST SET M40

                                                                                                OP.0 0184-A

     Figure   18.   Antipersonnel   mine   M18Al   and accessories   packed   in bandoleer    M7.

                                    \‘APOR   BARRIER BAG                      60-degrees wide at a range of 50
     BANDOLEER      M7         --             /
                                                                              meters (fig. 21). These fragments
                                                                              are effective up to a range of 100
                                                                              meters and can travel up to 250
                                                                              meters forward of the mine.
                                                                         (2) Baclcblasf,     Within an area of 16
                                                                              mete r s (fig. 20) to the rear and
                                                                              sides of the mine, backblast can
                                                                              cause injury by concussion and
                                                                              secondary missiles. Up to 100 me-
                                                                              ters to the r e ar and sides of the
                                                                              mine, all friendly personnel must
                                                                              be under cover for protection from
                                                                              secondary missiles.
                                                                            (a) Radius of 0 to l6meters &om the
                                                                                 mine. Friendly troops are pro-
                                                                                 hibited in this area.
                                                                            (b) Radius of 16 to 100 meters &om
                                                                                 the mine. The minimum safe op-
                                                                                 erating distance from the mine is
                                                                                 16 meters. At this distance, the
                                                                                 operator should be in a foxhole or
                                                                                 dugout (fig. 21) or lie prone, pre-
     Figure   19.    Packing box fbr antipersonnel                               ferably in a depression.          All
                        mine M18Al.                                              friendly troops, including the op-
                                                                                 erator, within 100 meters of the
     (3) Bandoleer M7. The bandoleer M7                                          mine should take cover behind a
         (fig. 18) is constructed of water re-                                   boulder, a tree, or the like to pre-
         sistant canvas (olive-drab         color)                               vent being injured by flying sec-
         with snap fasteners to secure the                                        ondary missiles, sticks, stones,
         flaps.     The bandoleer        has two                                 pebbles, etc.
         pockets; one pocket contains the                             d. Functioning.       When the mine M18Al
         mine and the other pocket con-                            has been armed, the actuation of the firing
         tains a firing device, a test set,                        device handle (safety bail in armed posi-
         and an electric blasting cap as-                          tion) will provide sufficient energy (elec-
         sembly. The p a c ke d bandoleer                          trical) to detonate blasting cap M6. The
         measures         9-l/4     inches long,                   detonation of the blasting cap, in turn,
         11-l/2 inches wide, and 2 inches                          detonates the high explosive charge (camp.
         high. A 2-inch wide web strap,                            C-4), Detonation of the high explosive
         which is used as ashoulder carry-                         charge causes fragmentation of the plastic
         ing strap, is sewn to the bag. An                         matrix and projection           of the spherical
         olive-green     w a t e r repellent in-                   fragments outward in a fan-shapedpattern
         struction    s he et is sewn to the                        (fig. 20). The mine functions effectively in
         inside flap.                                              temperatures ranging from -40” to f 125°F.
             Note.      Only one of the six bandoleers        in    This mine is sufficiently waterproof to
          each packing        box (fig. 20) contains     a test    function satisfactorily        after having been
          set. The bandoleer         containing   the test set
          is identified      by an identification    tag on the    submerged in salt or fresh water for 2
          carrying      strap (fig.  18).                          hours.
C.    Casualty Effect and Danger Area.                                 e. Laying and Aiming.
     (1) Fragmentation.   The mine M18Al                              Note. Remove the mine and accessories           (fig.   18)
         delivers 700 highly effective steel                       from the bandoleer.    Read the instruction       sheet    at-
                                                                   tached   to the flap of the bandoleer    before   proceed-
         fragments in a fan-shaped pattern                         ing with the following   instructions.
         approximately  2 meters high and


                                       ‘.                         /
                                                f- - + *--’
    Figure   $0.   Casualty   aTeas   and db   I’ areas   of antipersonnel   mine   Mi8Al.
                       WITHIN     IOOM   TO REAR AND SIDES OF MINE
         -ALL                FRIENDLY     PERSONNEL MUST TAKE COVER-

                                                   16M MINIMUM                                        .
                                    -SAFE            FIRING DISTANCE       ___C
                                                  IF UNDERCOVER                                                                                                             -IT
                                                                             6    in.+
                                                                                                          /                           ---.

                                                                                                              ----   "f,-,,,-                                               -f
                                                                                                                                                                                 8 ft.

                                                                                                                                                    AIMING     POINT

                                                                                                                  +-EJ                                                      1
                                                               /’                                                           100 ft.          I   AIMING      STAKE
                                                SLIT-TYPE     PEEP SIGHT
                   \                                    /

                                                                                         GMENTATION           AREA

                                              The mine should be sighted on o point 8 ft.                            high at a
                                              distance of 150 ft., or one of the alternative                          points shown.                                  ORD   D 188-B

                                                Figure      21.   Emplacement            of antipersonnel             mine M18AJ.
    warning: Position the mine 90 that                cover is assembled to the con-
friendly troops forward and to the aide of            nector of the blasting cap assembly
the mine (figs. 20 and 21) will not be en-            before placing the blasting capA
dangered. The firing position should be at            t&e. detonator well,
least 16 meters to the rear or tothe sides        (3) Wind the firing wre around the I
of the mine.                                          leg two or three times on the same
      (1) Turn the legs downward and spread           side of the mine as the detonator
          about 45-degrees. Twist the legs so         well to be used (fig. 22).
          that one leg protrudes ahead and        (4) Slide the slotted end of the shipping
           one behind the mine, and position          plug priming adapter on the firing
          the mine with the surface marked            wires of the blasting cap between
           “FRONT TOWARD ENEMY” and                   the crimped connections and the
          the arrows       on top of the case         blasting cap. Pull the excess wire
          pointing in the direction      of the       through the slotted end of the ship-
          enemy or the desired area of fire.          ping plug priming adapter until the
          On snow or extremely soft ground            top of the blasting cap is firmly
           (mud), the bandoleer maybe spread          seated in the bottom portion of the
          beneath the mine as support. To             shipping plug priming adapter; then
          prevent tipping in windy areas or           screw the shipping plug priming
          when legs cannot be pressed into            adapter and the blasting cap into
          the ground, carefully spread legs           the detonator well.
          to the maximum possible (approx-               Wmnin.g: Make certain the face
          imately 180-degrees), so that legs          of the mine marked FRONT TO-
          will be fore and aft.                       WARD ENEMY and the arrows on
      (2) Select an airriingobject (tree, bush,       top of the mine point in the direction
          etc.) or use an aiming stake that           of the enemy.
          is approximately     50 meters from         Unwind the remaining firing wire
          the mine and projects approxi-              to the firing position. If possible,
          mately 1 meter above the ground             bury the firing wire to proter w.
          (fig. 21).                                  from artillery   fire and to pre
      (3) Position the eye approximately 6            easy detection.
          inches away from the mine and aim            Note.   Retain  paper        roll   form   for future
                                                     use during disarming.
          the mine by sighting through the
          slit-type peepsight. The groove of            Warning: The mine firing posi-
                                                     tion should be in a foxhole; or in a
          the sight should be in line with the
          aiming point. The aiming object            shielded or protected position, at
                                                     least 16 meters behind or to the
          should be in the center of the de-         side of the emplaced mine,
          sired coverage area and the bot-              Note    1. If    possible,     perform   tests in    g
          tom edge of the peepsight shouldbe          below    before    firing    mine M18Al.
          parallel to the ground to be covered          Note 2. If       the area has been subject           to
                                                     recent mortar        or artillery    bombardment,      re-
          with fragment spray.                       testing    of the      b 1 as tin g cap assembly        is
   f. Arming and Elecfrical Firing.                  required.
      (1) Unscrew the shipping plugpriming        (6) Remove the dust cover from the
          adapter and retain for future use.         connector on the firing device;
      (2) Remove the insulation tape andun-          also, remove the combination
          roll the paper form from the elec-         shorting plug and dust cover from
          tric blasting cap assembly (fig. 18).      the end of the firing wire. Assem-
          Retain paper form and tape for pos-        ble (plug in) the two connectors.
          sible future use. Hold the blasting           warning: Before connecting the
          cap while unwinding approximately          blasting cap assembly to the firing
          3 meters of the firing wire.               device (fig. 22), the safety bail must
              W&ning: Make certain that the          be in the tWfell position. Make
          combination shorting plug and dust         sure that all personnel are under

                SHIPPING     PLUG PRIMING      ADAPTER


                                                             . .*r
                                                                                SHORTING   PLUG

                   l”   1

                                                                                                    -*m-l   17180”

                    Figure    2.2.   Arming   and testing       antipersonnel       mine   Ml8Al.
         cover at Ieast 250 meters away                                    blasting cap and from the end of the
         from the front and sides of the                                   test set. Plug the connector of the
         mine and at least 100 meters to the                               blasting cap intc the test set. Posh.
         rear of the mine,                                                 tjon the firing device bail to
     (7) After performing testing (gbelow)                                 “armed” position. Actuate the h.
         the mine is ready for firing. To                                  dle of the firing device.
         fire the mine, position the firing                                   Warning: Before connecting the
         device bail in the “armed” position.                              blasting cap to the test set and fir-
            Note. When enemy troops    approach with-                      ing device (fig. 22), the safety bail
        in 20 to 30 meters  of the front of the mine,                      must be in the %afeV’ position,and
        fire the mine.
                                                                           all personnel will be under cover
     (8) Fire by actuating the firing device                               at least 250 meters away from the
        handle with a firm               quick squeeze
                                                                           front and sides of the mine andun-
        and release.                                                       der cover at least 100 meters to
 g. Testin&                                                                the rear of the mine.
     W&UYIZ~~;Before and after completion
of firing device and blasting cap continuity                           (6) Flashing of the lamp in the window
                                                                           of the test set indicates that the
tests, ascertain that the firing device bail                               blasting cap circuitry       is satis-
is in the %afeff position                                                  factory. If defective, replace blast-
      (1) Remove the dust cover from the                                   ing cap and test for serviceability
          connector of the firing device and                               as indicated above.
          from the female connector of the
          test set.                                                 h. Nonelectric F ir in g. Subparagraphs
                                                                 (1) and (2) below provide instructions for
     (2) Plug the test set into thefiringde-                     laying, aiming, and arming of the mine
          vice (fig. 22), Leave the combina-                     using two nonelectric blasting cap M7 (par.
          tion shorting plug and dust cover                      41), a piece of detonating cord approxi-
          assembled on the other end of the                      mately 25 feet long, a pull wire, a n d a
          test set.                                              pull-type or pull-friction-type       firing de-
      (3) Position the firing device bail to                     vice, such as the Ml or the M2. Subpa- -
          the “fire” position and actuate the                    graph (3) below provides instructions
          handle of the firing device with a                     laying, aiming, and arming of the n&c;
          firm quick squeeze, and observe                        using a dual firing or a dual priming sys-
          the flashing of the lamp through
          the test set window.                                         Warning: To arm the mine by the
            Note. The window       of the test set should
        be held against      the eye whenchecking          the   methods below, a thorough knowledge of
        firing device    and the blasting     cap assem-         the utilization of explosives and demoli-
        bly. It minimizes       the risk of enemy obser-         tion materials, the use and installation,of
        vation    in the dark and improves      the ability
        of the operator         to see the lamp flashing         land mines and boobytraps is required,
        even in the bright sunlight.                             Refer to FM 5-31 and TM g-1375-200,
     (4) Flashing of the lamp indicates that                        Note:
                                                                              Waterproofing   and periodic replacement
                                                                                 cord should be made in accordance
        the firing      device is functioning                    instructions      provided in FM 5-25.
        properly. If the lamp does not flash                          (1) Pull-wire initia tion &mine M18Al.
        (on and off), the firing device should                          (a) Laying and aiming the mine are
        be discarded      and replaced with                                 performed in the same manner
        another firing device. After com-                                   as that used for electric firing.
        pletion of the firing device test,                                  Refer to e above for laying and
        place the firing device bail in the                                 aiming.
        “safe” position.                                                (b) Crimp a blasting cap M7 to a
            Note.    If the test set indicates     that sev-
         eral firing     devices   are faulty,  retest   with
                                                                            pull-type     device, using    cap
         another     test set prior to discarding      since                crimping pliers (with fuse cutter)
         the test may be defective.                                         M2 for this operation (par. 42).
     (5) Remove the shorting plug and dust                              (c) Fasten one end of the detonating
         cover from the connector of the                                    cord to the blasting cap that i=
      attached to the firing device ((b)            a trail or other avenue of ap-
      above) by means of tape (A, fig.              proach, and the firing     device
       23).                                         must be securely attached to two
  (d” Fasten the firing device securely             firmly emplaced stakes at adis-
      to a firmly emplaced stake (A,                tance of approximately 2 0 meters
      fig. 23)) by means of tape, wire,             forward of the mine (B, fig. 23).
      twine, or anchor cord.                  (3) Nonelectric method using dualfir-
  (e) Slip the slotted end of the ship-           ing or duat priming systems.
      ping plug priming adapter over                Note. Refer to FM 5-25 for       details   for
      the other end of the detonating            using dual firing or dual priming    systems.
      cord.                                     (a) Dual firin&
  (f) Insert the detonating cord end              1. Obtain two lo-meter       (33-feet)
      fully into the second blasting cap.            lengths of detonating cord, four
      Crimp the cap to the detonating                nonelectric blasting caps M7,
      cord, using         the cap crimping           and two pull-type firing devices.
      pliers M2 for this operation.               2.Remove both shipping            plug
  (g) Seat the cap (with the detonating              priming adapters        from the
      cord) into the the shipping plug               mine. Push one end of each piece
      priming adapter and carefully in-              of detonating cord through the
      sert the cap into the well.                    holes in the adapters.
                                                       Note.  Push c or d through   holes far
  (h) Secure the cap in the we 11 by                enough to a 11 o w blasting   caps to I be
      carefully    screwing the shipping            crimped  to the cord ends.
      plug priming        adapter in to the       3. Crimp end of each piece of det-
      detonator well..                               onating cord to a blasting cap
  (i) Attach a pull wire securely to the             M7, using cap crimper M2. Pull
      pull ring of the firing device. The            access of detonating           cord
      pull wire should be of sufficient              through holes in the adapters
      length to allow actuation of the               so that blasting        caps seat
      firing device from a protected                 against the bottom of the adapt-
      position at least 16 meters rear-              ers.
      ward (minimum s af e distance               4. Screw shipping p 1ug priming
      protected position) from the em-               adapters in the detonator wells.
      placed mine (A, fig. 23).                      Unwind detonating cord while
          Warning;    Care must be taken             moving back to safe firing dis-
      during emplacement          to secure          tance (fig. 21).
      the firing device so that the mine         5. Emplace mine and detonating
      will not be dislodged by a pull of             cord as instructed in h(l) (a) to
      the detonating cord or trip wire.              (I$ above, and shown in figures
      If the mine becomes dislodged,.it              21 and 23.
       will be aimed inadirectionother            6. Attach a pull-type firing device
      than intended.                                  (FM 5-25) to the free end of each
(2) Trip-wire      initiation       of mine          piece of detonating cord, and
    Ml8Al.                                           attach a pull wire or trip wire
  (a) Laying and aiming of the mine                  (If(l) or (2) above).
      are performed in the same man-            (b) Dual priming.
      ner as that used for electric fir-          1. Follow the instructions      in (a)1
      ing. Refer to e above for laying               through 5 above.
      and aiming.                                 2. Make a ring mine in accordance
  (b) The preliminary    steps us e d to             with instructions     contained in
      arm the mine are the same pro-                  FM 5-25.
      cedures used in (l)(a) through              3. When emplaced one behind the
      (h) above.                                     other, the foremost one (nearest
 (c) The trip wire, stretched across                 the enemy) must be fired first.


         Figure   23.   Antipersonnel   mine   hf18.41   ready   for firing-A.   BY observer,   B. By enemy.

            Mines emplaced side-to-side in                              assembly with the piece of in-
            a line may be fired in any order                            sulation tape.
            or simultaneously.                                       5. Remove the mine from its em-
               Note.    To prevent      tipping     in windy            placement and repack the mine
            areas      or when the legs cannot                be        and its accessories in their re-
            pressed      into the ground,       c are f ul 1 y
            spread    legs to the maximum            possible           spective pockets in the bando-
            (approximately       180-degrees),        so that           leer.
            the legs will be’fore       and aft.                            Note.  Check    to assure     that all ac-
                                                                         cessories    are removed     from mine be-
           4. The mine and the danger area                               fore repacking.
              around the mine must be visible                      (b) Mine with nonelectric compo-
              from the firing position in order                           nents.
              that any friendly personnel in                              Warniz@ 1; Check to assure the
              the vicinity of the mine may be                         firing device has not been fired or
              seen.                                                   the mine run over, If the firingde-
                  Warning: A dislodged        or                      vice has fired or the mine appears
              overturned mine is a potential                          to be a dud, destroy the mine.
              hazard to friendly personnel and                            Warning 2: Render the firingde-
              should not be fired.                                   vice safe by replacing all safety
   i. Disarming and Destruction.                                     pins’ prior to performing the steps
      Warning 1: Render the firing device                            below.
safe by returning the safety bail to the                                  Caution 1: Nonelectric blasting
SAFE position (fig. 22) prior to performing                          caps and detonating cord crimped
the steps below.                                                     together can be separated only by
     Warning 2: Duds or mines which ap-                              cutting the blasting cap free of the
pear to have been run ober ,by a vehicle or                          detonating cord, using a nonspark-
otherwise damaged aft e r emplacement                                ing knife,
should be considered as unsafe. Destroy                                   Caution 2: If facilities are not
as in (2) beIow.                                                     available for cutting the blasting
      (1) Disarming.                                                 cap free of the detonating cord, and
        (a) Mine with electrical components.                         these components are not to be re-
           1. Disconnect the firing wire from                        used immediately, the crimped ex-
              the firing device. Replace the                         plosive components should be de-
              combination    shorting plug and                       stroyed         in accordance     with
              dust cover on the blasting cap                         instructions      contained in TM 9-
              assembly connector,      and the                       1300-203 and TM g-1375-200.
              dust cover on the firing device                          1. Disconnect the pull-wire        or
              connector.                                                   trip-wire   from the firing de-
           2. Unscrew and remove the ship-                                 vice.
              ping plug priming adapter (fig.                         2. Unscrew and remove shipping
               18) containing the blasting cap                             plug priming adapters contain-
              from the mine. Remove          the                           ing the blasting caps from the
              blasting cap and the firing wire                             mine. Cut the blasting cap free
              from the shipping plug priming                               of the detonating cord, using a
              adapter.                                                     nonsparking knife.
           3. Reverse the shippingplugprim-                           3. Return the blasting         cap to
              ing adapter and screw the plug                               storage container, and pull the
              end of the shipping plug priming                             detonating cord end free of the
              adapter into the mine.                                       shipping plug priming adapters.
           4. Remove the firing wire from the                         4. Reverse the shippingplugprim-
               stake beneath       the mine or                             ing adapter and screw it in the
              around the mine leg. Reroll the                              detonator well, plug end down.
              blasting cap and firing wire on                         5. Remove the mine from its em-
              the paper form and secure this                               placement position and repack.

                   Store accessory items in origi-                               used to emplace it above ground,
                   nal or appropriate containers.                                whereas the cloth tabs are used to
           (2) Desfrucfion. Any mine considered                                  tie or nail the mine to trees ---
               a dud or otherwise in an unsafe                                   posts. The mine is covered
               condition should not be handled or                                green and brown fleck in a camL __
               jarred but should be destroyed as                                 flage pattern to reduce detection.
               instructed in TM g-1300-203.                                      The mine is capable of causing a
                                                                                 severe or fatal wound within 35
     21.   Mine, Antipersonnel,   Ml8 (T48) with                                 meters and casualties at ranges up
           Carrying  Kit, M68 (T66) or M69(T67)                                 to 50 meters. The principal dimen-
    a. General. This mine is an earlier                                          sions of the mine are as follows:
 model of mine M18Al which is described                                          Length. . . . . . . . . . . . 9-l/4 in.
 in paragraph 20. The difference between                                        Width . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-l/4 in.
 the two models may be seen by comparing                                         Thickness (approx) . , . l-         in.
 figure 24 with figures 17 and 22. The use                                       Length of outer legs. . . 4-l/2 in.
 and functioning of the Ml8 is similar to                                       Length of center legs
 the use and functioning of M18A1, de-                                              (approx) . . . . . . . . . 6-    in.
 scribed in paragraph 20.                                                       Weight (approx) . . . . . . 2-l/2 lb.
                                                                          See table I for additional data.
    b. Descripfion.
      (1) The antipersonnel mine Ml8 (T48)                                 (2) Carrying kif M68 (T66). This kit
           comes in two versions, with or                                       is a bandoleer type (fig. 25) car-
           without a peepsight, otherwise both                                  rier for personnel and contains one
           versions are identical. The mine                                     antipersonnel mine, battery holder
           consists of a curved rectangular                                     with protective wood block, blast-
          plastic case containing high ex-                                      cap with lead wire in a cardboard
          plosive and steel fragments. The                                      tube, and instruction        sheet in a
          forward     face contains the steel                                   canvas carrying       case. Dry cell
          fragments and is designed to pro-                                    flashlight batteries are not pack+
          duce a fan-shaped spray whichcan                                      in the kit; however, they are
          be aimed at a prescribed target                                      Unable.
          area. The arrow marked on the top                               (3) Carrying kit M69 (T67). This kit
          of each mine indicates the direc-                                    is a haversack (fig. 26) for use by
          tion of aiming. The mine has three                                   armored and mechanized units and
          folding-type legs and cloth tabs on                                  contains five antipersonnel mines,
          each side. The legs of the mine are                                  five blasting caps with lead wires

                                                                          ,!NSLJLATED   FIRING    WIRE

                                                                                                 SWITCH’     ORD   Dl4

                            Figure   24.   Mine,   antipersonnel,   Ml8   (T&)-ready    for firing.
      (each cap with wire in acardboard                                         must be placed forward of the mine
      tube) packed in a protective box,                                         to provide maximum stability.
      five spools of insulated electric                                            Note.    For installation     on a tree or post,
                                                                                the legs Bhould remain        folded and the mine
      wire (100 feet per spool), one                                            secured     by ty in g or nailing       through      the
      utility belt, one box of electrical                                       holes    p r o v i de d in the cloth tabs of the
      tape, and five instruction sheets in                                      mine. For either       method of installation,       the
      a canvas haversack.                                                       arrow    on the top of the mine is pointed             at
                                                                                the center         of the fragmentation        pattern
c. Arming and Laying.                                                           (which    is 0.83 meters high at a distance            of
  (1) Using the point of a caliber .30                                          35 meters).
      cartridge or a similar shaped ob-                                (4) After placement of the mine, com-
      ject, puncture the tape at either                                     pletely unwind the 16 meters (50
      end of the mine and form a hole in                                    feet) of lead wires and run them to
      the explosive for insertion of the                                    the firing position. The lead wires
      blasting cap.                                                         may be laid on top of the ground,
  (2) Carefully remove special electric                                     but if time permits the wires should
      blasting cap (type II, 52, PETN)                                      be buried under soil to reduce the
      from the cardboard tube and insert                                    possibility    of being dislodged or
      into the hole provided, making cer-                                   cut by artillery fragments.
      tain that firm or positive contact                            d. Preparation and Firing.
      between the explosive charge and                                     Utilization of mine Ml8 (T48) with
      the blasting cap has been achieved.                                  carrying kit M68 (T66) (fig. 25).
  (3) For emplacement above ground,                                     (a) R e m o ve the protective          wood
      unfold the legs of the mine and                                          blocks from battery holder.
      press them firmly into the ground.                                (b) Insert two 1-l/2-volt        flashlight
         Warning: The center leg of the                                        batteries into the battery holder,
      mine, when emplaced in the ground,                                       making certain that forward end



                                                  INSTRUCTION    SHEET
                                                                                                                           ORD D15

                 Figure    65.   Mine,   antipersonnel,    Ml8   (T48)   with    carrying    kit   M68 (T66).

               of each battery is facing the clip                              meters (50 feet) of lead wire
               of the holder.                                                  used.
                tl?brning: The switch of the bat-                      (3) C$iIization of mine Ml8 (T48) P -
               tery holder m us t be in the OFF                            other firing devices. This mi _
               position,                                                   may also be fired by using pull-
          (c) Carefully attach the lead wires                              type firing devices and nonelectric
              to the clips of the battery holder.                          blasting caps with sufficient length
               The mine is now ready to be                                 of detonating cord to bridge the
              fired.                                                       distance between the mine and the
          (d) The mine is fired by firmlypush-                             firing device as described inpara-
              ing the switch to the ON (full                               graph 2Ob.
              forward) position.                                     e. Disarming.
          (e) If additional lead wire is re-                           (1) If dry cell batteries and battery
              quired, add 3 volts (in series) for                          holder(s) were utilized, make cer-
              each 16 meters (50 feet), utiliz-                            tain that switches are in the OFF
              ing additional batteries and bat-                            (rearmost)   position, and remove
              tery holders.                                                lead wires from the clips of the
        (2) Utilization af Mine Ml8 (T48) with                             holder.
            carrying kit M69 (67) (fig. 26).                           (2) Short the lead wires by twisting
          (a) The mine packed in this carrying                             the bare ends together.
              kit is fired by connecting the lead                      (3) Carefully remove the blasting cap
              wires to the battery of a tank or                            from the mine.
              other vehicle,                                           (4) Rewind lead wires and return blast-
          (b) If additional’ lead wire is re-                              ing cap and wire to original card-
              quired, 3 volts must be available                            board tube.
              at the power source for each 16                          (5) Remove the mine from its installed

                                                                                                         INSTRUCTION   SHEET (5)

                                                                                                                  MINE Ml8 (5).

                                                                             INSULATION          TAPE

                                                                       ELECTRIC BLASTING           CAP

                                                                                                                        OR0   D16A

                     Figure   26. Mine, antipersonnel,   Ml8 (T48)    with   carrying     kit,     M69 (T67).

          position, fold the legs if required,                               it can be used in large numbers and may
          and return it to its original pack-                                readily be concealed. This mine is capable
          ing.                                                               of inflicting    a serious casualty since it
           Caution:    Provided the original                                 explodes in‘d&ect contact with theenemy.
          packing     is not available, care                                 Being of practically all plastic construc-
          should be taken to prevent water                                   tion, it is nondetectable by magnetic mine
          from accumulating in the hole after                                detectors.
          removal of the blasting cap.                                          b. Description.   The mine is cylindrical
   X Precautions in Use.                                                     in shape. Six ribs on the outside of the body
      Warning: Stones or mine debris may                                     provide strength and serve as a means
be thrown to the rear of sides at the time                                   for identifying the mine in darkness. For
of firing. Personnel within 100 meters to                                    safety, the plug-type plastic detonator
the rear or sides of the mine must not be                                    holder with detonator, is packaged sep-
exposed. The mine must be fired only from                                    arately within the same shipping container
protected or shielded positions no closer                                    as the mine. The detonator holder is tobe
than 16 meters from the mine,                                                installed in the base of the mine (figs. 28
     (1) Follow the precautions contained in                                 and 29). During shipment, the hole in the
         paragraph 2 1 i.                                                    base of the mine is closed by a shipping
     (2) Keep batteries     dry and warm in                                  plug. The shipping plug is similar in ex-
         cold weather so that the mine can                                   ternal shape to, the detonator holder except
         be successfully detonated.                                          that the shipping plug has a circular head
     (3) Use fresh or fully charged batter-                                  while the detaonator holder has a hexagonal
         ies atall times.                                                    head. The pressure plate has a yellow
                                                                             indicating arrow and is indented to accom-
22.   Mine,   An+ipersonnel,‘Nonme+allic                 (NM),               modate the mine and fuze wrench. Two
      M14, with    Integral       Fuze                                       letters, “A” and YV, on the top of the fuze
                                                                             body signify “armed” and “safe” respec-
   a. General. This mine (figs. 27 and 28)                                   tively. The slots in the pressure plate are
is a nonmetallic, blast type, high-explosive                                 for insertion of the steel, U-shapedsafety
antipersonnel    mine consisting of a main                                   clip (fig. 28). The pull cord is for use in
charge of tetryl (1 ounce), and an all-                                      removing the safety clip from the mine
plastic body with an integral plastic fuze                                   when testing and arming. Beneath the safety
having steel firing pin. Because it is small

                                                                   INDICATING,   #?~OW

                                                                        SAFETY CLIP


                                                                                         SAFETY CLIP REMOVED
                                                                                               SIDE VIEW

                                   SAFETY CLIP IN POSITION
                                          TOP VIEW

                                                                                                                   RAPD 203131

                              Figure     27.   Mine,   antipersonnel,       NM, MlJ,     with   integral   fuze.

                                                                                                                        BE&R     GASKFT

                                                                                                        BASE   GASKET
                       CAPRYING      CORD                                         GWPL   BASE)

                                                                                                                   RA PD   14968iA

    Figure   28. Nonmetal&        antipersonnel   mine Ml4 with   safety   clip   removed        and detonator      installed.

 clip slots is a circular groove lfor a rubber                             Weight, loaded and fuzed (integral
 gasket which makes a watertight joint be-                                   fuze and detonator) - 3-l/3 ounce-
 tween the pressure plate and the fuze body.                                 (approx.) .
 A lock key is fastened to the center of the                               Weight of explosive           char
 under side of the pressure plate. The lock                                  (tetryl) - 1 ounce.
 key holds the lock ring firmly when the                                   Dimensions         - height, l-9/16
 arrow on the pressure plate is pointed to                                   inches; diameter, 2-3/16 inches.
 YP. The lock ring prevents the mine from                                  Material - plastic.
 firing prematurely.    The spider spaces the                              Fuze - integral.
parts within the fuze and supports the pres-                               Detonator - M46, in plastic hex-
 sure plate when this plate is in the “safe”                                 agonal-head detonator holder (in-
position. The three projections on the in-                                   stalled in the field).
 side of the center hole of the spider pre-                                Booster - none required.
vent the lock ring, belleville spring, and                                 Color - olive drab,
firing pin assembly from rotating when                                     Marking (on bottom) - nomencla-
the pressure plate is turned. The belle-                                     ture, symbol of parts manufac-
ville spring with the attached lock ring and                                 ture, loader’s lot number, month
firing pin assembly is seated against the                                    and year loaded.
spider and is held in place by a ridge on                                  Shipping plug - circular-headpar-
the rim of the partition. The partition also                                 tially slottted shipping plug, in
holds the main charge in place and pre-                                      place as shipped, to be replaced
vents any explosive from getting into the                                    in the field by detonator holder,
firing mechanism of the fuze. Data on this                           (2) Fuze data.
mine is listed in (1) and (2) below, Addi-                                 Model number - none.
tional data may be found in table I.                                       Components - pressure plate, lock
      (1) Mine data.                                                         key, spider, lock ring, belleville
          Model number - M14.                                                spring, and firing pin,
          Type - blast.                                                    Type - belleville spring - integr?’ F
                                                                ‘SAFE’   POSITION


                                                      ‘ARMED’   POSITION

                                                                                                                        LOADERS     LOT

                                                          BELLEVILLE SPRING
                                                                                                                   DATE (MONTH     AND


                                   CROSS SECTION                                                                                    ORD D760

                          Figure   B9. Mine, antipersonnel,     NM, MI&top,             bottom and cross section.

         Material     - plastic (except steel                                        wrench (fig. 30). Inspect detonator
         firing pin).                                                                well for foreign material. Remove
         Safeties - clip (U-shaped) withpull                                         foreign material when found.
             cord; provision for turningpres-                                    (2) Turn the pressure plate in a clock-
             sure plate from safe position                                           wise direction     with the wrench
             (yellow pointer at S) to armed                                           (arming tool), so the indicating
            position (yellow pointer at A).                                          arrow points to “A” (fig. 28). This
         Color - olive drab,                                                         places the pressure plate in the
  c. Functionin&                                                                     armed position.        Withdraw the
    (1) A force of 20 to 35 pounds willde-                                           safety clip to determine if the mine
         press pressure plate.                                                       will malfunction. Replace the safety
    (2) Pressure plate depresses lockkey.                                            clip,
    (3) Lock key forces lock ring to slide                                       (3) Screw the detonator holder with
         through notches in inner ring of
         spider and depresses the belle-                                      THIS PORTION FOR USE IN
                                                                              REMOVING    SHIPPING PLUG
         ville spring.                                                                    ATOR HOLDER
     (4) Belleville spring snaps into re-
         verse, driving firing pin into det-
         onator .
    (5) Detonator explodes main charge.
     (6) Mine will function satisfactorily    in
         temperature      ranging from -40” to
         +125” F.                                                               p‘                        ‘@‘I-I             RAPD 149690
   d. Layi@ and Armin&
     (1) Unscrew the shipping plug from the                                    Figure     30. Wrench, mine and fuze,         MS2,        for
                                                                                            antipersonnel mine Ml4.
         bottom of the mine body using
          attached detonator gasket into the                      f.   Disarming   and Removal.
          detonator    well. Use the wrench                         Caution: If there is evidence of dam-
          (arming tool) to screw the detona-                    age, boobytrapping, or malfunctioning, do.
          tor holder down tightly against the                   not attempt to disarm the mine. Mark .’
          detonator gasket to obtain a water-                   spot for ‘subsequent destruction in plal
          tight joint,                                          as prescribed in TM g-1903.
           Warning:     Do not exert anypres-                       (1) Remove camouflage material and
          sure on the pressure plate.                                   carefully   uncover the concealed
      (4) Place the mine in the ground so                               mine. Do not exert pressureonthe
          that the pressure plate extends just                          pressure plate.
          above ground level, otherwise a                           (2) Enlarge the hole carefully and ex-
          shoe or boot may bridge the mine.                             amine the ground around and under-
          Be sure the ground beneath the                                neath the mine for evidence of
          mine is sufficiently stable to sup-                           damage, malfunction,     or impro-
          port the mine when pressure is                                vised boobytrapping.
          applied to the pressure plate. If                         (3) Before the mine is otherwise dis-
          the ground is not sufficiently stable,                        turbed, insert the safety clip in the
          place a block of wood or other                                slots in the pressure plate. If the
          nonmetallic object in the bottomof                            safety clip cannot be inserted rel-
          the hole to provide a firm surface                            atively easily, it is an indication
          for the mine to rest upon.                                    that the mine has malfunctionedor
      (5) Remove the safety clip by pulling                             has been damaged, In such cases,
          the safety clip pull cord. Retain                             mark the spot and discontinuefur-
          the safety clip for possible future                           ther attempt to disarm the mine.
                                                                    (4) Using the mine-and-fuze      wrench,
      (6) ggouflage     ie mine and remove                              turn the pressure plate in a coun-
          any excess spoil from the immedi-                             terclockwise direction from llA1’ to
          ate vicinity of the installation.                               11s"

             Warning: Use extreme care whem                         (5) Remove the mine from the grow”‘
          handling the detonators for this                          (6) Unscrew the detonator holder fr
          mine. A severe shock, such as                                 the bottom of the mine body, usin,
          dropping the detonator on a solid                             the mine-and-fuse wrench.
          surface, may cause it to function.                        (7) Replace the shipping plug and gas-
          Detonators should never be car-                               ket.
          ried in pockets or otherwlseonthe                         (8) Restore the mine to its original
          person. After the mine has been                               condition and packing.
          armed it should be handled with                         g. Effectiveness.
          care. Dc not drop or throw It.                            (1) No) effective against armored ve-
          Place it in position carefully.                               hicles.
             Note. In camouflaging       the mine, use mix-
          ture of material    such as     dirt, clay, grass,        (2) When buried so that top of pressure
          gravel,  and fine twigs,        arranged    so that           plate is flush with ground (normal
          they are not likely    to be    washed     away  by           procedure),   it will cause a non-
          heavy rain.
                                                                        lethal casualty to any person who
   TV Boobytrappiq&   No provision is made                              steps on it.
for boobytrapping the mine. There are no
secondary fuse wells.


23. General                                                     mines. described in paragraphs 24 through
                                                                -^      -.
                                                                28 simulate many of the service antiper-
     a. Uses.    The     practice         antipersonnel         sonnel mines described in paragraphs 14.

through 22. The various types of practice                                       are provided for use with practice mines.
antipersonnel    mines (empty, inert, prac-                                     The firing mechanisms of these fuzes are
tice) are used to train personnel in the                                        fitted with primers       and igniters which,
recognition,    care, handling, and use of                                      when initiated, ignite the spotting or pro-
antipersonnel mines.                                                            pelling charge in the mine.
    b. Types. The antipersonnel mines and                                           c. Precautions.    The following safety
fuzes which are designated 9nert”         or                                    precautions will be observed in the use of
“empty” have metal or plastic parts iden-                                       practice and training mines.
tical to those of service mines. These                                                (1) Do not mix service, practice, and
inert mines may be filled with inert mate-                                                inert mines and fuzes. Practice
rial, such as sand, or they may be empty.                                                 and inert mines should be painted
The inert mines and fuzes contain no ex-                                                  their proper color and have the
plosive of any kind and are used only in                                                  appropriate   identifying        terms
training for handling mines. Inert fuzes                                                  stencilled upon their bodies.
are also provided for use with inert and                                              (2) Inert antipersonnel      mines, since
empty mines. These inert fuzes have no                                                    they contain no explosive, are safer
explosive or pyrotechnic components. The                                                  to handle and therefore should be
antipersonnel    mines and fuzes which are                                                given preference for training pur-
designated “practice”      are of the same                                                poses. Personnel should be trained
size, shape, weight, and casing material                                                  to handle all ammunition and am-
as the service mines and fuzes they sim-                                                  munition components as potentially
ulate. These practice mines contain no                                                    dangerous, even though the items
high explosive but they may contain small                                                 have been designated 9neW or
smoke puff and noisemaking charges of low                                                 lfempty.fV
explosive (black powder or pyrotechnic                                                (3) The rules, regulations,       and pre-
composition) to simulate the explosion of                                                 cautions     pertaining     to service
a service mine. These practice mines are                                                  mines and their components in AR
provided for practice and training in iden-                                               385-63 and this manual, pertain
tification, care, handling, and use of anti-                                              also to p r a c t i c e antipersonnel
personnel service mines. Practice fuzes                                                   mines.
                          Table II. Practice    Antipersonnel            Mine,               Fuaes,          and   Components

                                                Practice          Antipersonnel                    Mines

           Nomenclature                               Packing      description
                                                                                                                                   r   Shipping

                                                                                                                                                  case   dimensions


MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:       M3           pack4     m    required         -----             -----       ----           ----               ------       ------       -me---
  empty and fuze, mine com-
 bination M’7Al inert.
MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:         M2         pa&&      m    required         ---      ------            -----                                ------       ---me-       --e---
  (all mods) inert and fuze,
  mine, combination   M2 or M-
  2Al inert.
MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:         M2         Packed 1 mine, 1 fuze/ctn,                                10 ctn             39.0               22-3/4       10-l/4       9-3/8
  (ail mods) inert and fuze,              (10 mine and 10 fuze)/wdn                               bx.
  mine, combination   M6Al
MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:        M-          Packed 4 mine w/4 fuze M605/                                                 40.0               15-5/8       lo-7/8           8-l/2
  16Al inert and fuze, mine               strprf paper wrapper and 4 spool
  combination  M605 inert.                trip wire and 1 wrench M25/wdn
 MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL                     Packed 2 mine w/2 fuze and 20 set                                           31.0          >O-3/4            12-l/4           9
  PRACTICE:      M8 and fuze,              of replacement  parts/wdn  bx.
  mine, combination   Ml0 or             Packed 2 mine w/2 fuze and 20 set                                           37.0               16-l/2       ll-3/8           13-3/a
   MlOAl practice.                         of replacement  parts and 5 spool
                                           wire in ctn, 1 ctn/strprf pkg. 1
                                           pkg/wdn hx.
                  Table   II.   Practice    Antipersonnel         Mine,     Fuzes,     and Components-Continued
                                             Practice    Antipersonnel         Mines - Continued
                                                                                                    Weight as   Shipping case dimension
           Nomenclature                                 Pecking description                  ..      shipped
                                                                                                      (lb.)      Length       Width       h
 MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL                       Packed 125 mine/ctn, 1 ctn and 6                           41        16-3/4     14-l/4      11-3/8-
   PRACTICE:  NM, Ml7 (T34).                 arming wrench M22/wdn bx.

                                             Practice       Antipereonnel       Mine Fuzes

 FUZE, MINE: combination                   pa&d     as rquir&          _----    ---- -----             ---      ------     ------      ______
  Ml0 or MlOAl (w/o primer-
 FUZE, MINE: combination                   Packed 4/mtl cntr,          60 cntr (240                    125      22          17-l/8     18
   MlOAl (w/primer-igniter).                 fuze)/wdn bx.

                                      Components        for Practice        Antipersonnel         Mines
                                                                                                   Weight as    Shipping dimensions (iQ.)
           Nomenclature                                 Packing description                         shipped
                                                                                                      (lb.)     Length      Width      Height
 BODY, ANTIPERSONNEL                       pack4    a required        --------------                --e-s       ------     ------     ------
  MINE: for practice APERS
   MINE M8.
 CAP, ANTIPERSONNEL      MINE:             Packed as required         --------------                --e--       --e-m-     ----a-     --e-m-
  for mine, APER, practice
 CHARGE, SPOTTING,    MJNE:                pa&d     as required       ------_--_----                 -----      ------     -_--_-     --_-__
  for mine, APER, practice
 PRIMER-IGNITER,     MINE                  pack&    m required        --------------                 -----      ------     ------     ------
   FUZE: for mine, combina-
  tion Ml0 or MlOAl.                                                                                                                          --
 SIMULATOR,    ANTIPERSON-                 Packed as required         --------------                 -----      ------     ------     --
   for mine, apers, practice

24.   Mine, Antipersonnel,  M3 Empty with                                   25. Mine, Antipersonnel,  M2 (All Models)
      Fuze, Mine, Combination, M7A1, Inert                                      Inert with Fuze, Mine, Combination
   This mine and fuse are similar to their                                      M2, M2Al Inert
service counterparts    described in para-                                   a. General. This mine (fig: 31) simu-
graphs 16 and 17, except that the mine                                    lates antipersonnel service mines of the
case is empty and the combination fuze is                                 M2 series. Its metal parts are identical
loaded with inert material. The metal parts                               to those of the service mine; however, it
of the empty mine are duplicates of those                                 is readily distinguished from them by four
used for the service mine, from which it                                  holes drilled in the projector,    its color
may be distinguished by its color (black),                                (black), and the word “INERT” stencilled
and by the word “INERT” stencilled in                                     on it in white.
white. The mine and fuze are used for                                        6. Description.   The mine consists of a
training in the care, handling and use of                                 base plate, a piece of sheet tubing attached
their service counterparts.    The mine may                               to the base plate, an inert shell contained
be ordered separately.                                                    in the tube, and a l/4-inch pipe nipple and
                                                              supervision    of trained personnel.    The
                              PRONGS(                         same procedure will be used indisarming
                                                              and removal of this inert antipersonnel
                                                              mine as is prescribed in paragraph 14for
                                                              the antipersonnel service mine.
                                                                 L Precadion.     No special precautions
                                                              are required in training with the inert
         FUZE,   MINE,   CO
                                                              antipersonnel    mine (par, 23). However,
                                                              personnel in training should become famil-
                                                              iar with all the general rules in care,
                                                              handling, and preservation     on the mine
                                                              (par. 10) and the precautions applying to
                                                              the service counterpart of the mine (par.

                                                              26.   Mine, Antipersonnel,  M16Al inert with
                                                                    Fuze, Mine, Combination M605 Inert
                                                                 The metal parts for this mine and fuze
                                                              are identical to those used for their serv-
                                                              ice counterparts    (pars. 18 and 19). The
                                                              mine and fuze are loaded with inertmate-
                                                              rial and, except for the firing mechanism
                                                              of one fuze, will not function. This mine
                                                              and fuze are used for training in the care,
                                                              handling, and use of their service coun-
                                                ORD   IX334

                                                              27.   Mine, Antipersonnel,  Practice, M8 and
Figure   31.   Mine, antipersonnel,      M2A3B8, inert and
         fuze, mine combination,        M6A1, inert.                Fuze, Mine Combination,    Practice,
                                                                    Ml0 and MlOAl
pipe coupling which serves as a fuze well                        a. General. This practice mine, which
for the fuze. The inert base coupling of the                  simulates the M2 series of antipersonnel
fuze is assembled to the pipe coupling and                    service mines, is shown, with fuze MlOAl
is protected during shipment and handling                     installed,  in figure 32. The metal parts
by a hexagonal cap. An inerted fuze M6Al                      for this mine are identical to those of the
is used. For description        of the service                service mine M2A4 (par. 14) except for the
fuze M6A1, refer to paragraph 15.                             projectile.   The projectile   in the M8 is
   c. Functioning.   A load of 8 to 20 pounds                 made of cardboard and contains a spotting
applied on any one of the fuze pressure                       charge assembly which resembles a blank-
prongs or a pull or 3 to 10 pounds on the                     loaded shotgun’shell with a delay fuze ele-
release pin will release the firing pin,                      ment instead of -a primer. The M8 practice
causing it to strike the inert primer in                      mine may be used many times by replacing
the base coupling of the fuze. No other                       the following separately requisitionable
action occurs, since the mine is completely                   components which are fired or damaged
inert.                                                        in use: fuze igniter andprimer assemblies
   d. Layfng and Arming.      The same pro-                   (primer coupling base with black powder
cedure will be used in laying and arming                      igniter crimped on), mine caps (covers),
this inert antipersonnel     mine as is pre-                  cardboard     projectiles,   and spotting
scribed in paragraph 14 for the antiper-                      charges. Firing mechanisms (tri-pronged)
sonnel service mine.                                          and igniter and primer assemblies are in
   e. Boobflrapping.     Practice    in booby-                separate containers in the same box (fig.
trapping will be conducted            under the               33) with the mine and are to be assembled

to the mine in the field. See table II for                                                               Fuze well-uncapped,         located in
information   on packing and replacement                                                                   tube extending upward from base.
components. A firing mechanism and an                                                                    qne. delay charge.                   /--.
igniter and primer assembly constitutes                                                                  One relay charge.
the fuze. Note that no propelling charge is                                                              One spotting charge (black pow-
used in this mine although a propelling                                                                    der - 0.38 ounce).
charge is used in the M2 series antiper-                                                                 Painting - blue.
sonnel mines. The igniter charge in the                                                                  Marking-     nomenclature     of mine,
fuze expels the cardboard projectile. For                                                                  month, and year loaded, and lot
description   of practice fuses Ml0 and                                                                    number (including loader’s in-
MlOAl, refer to paragraph 28.                                                                              itials and symbol) all in white.
                                                                                                     (2) Froze.
                                                                                                         Model number - MlOAl (or MlO).
         --                  ----      ---___
                                                 -GSi3I                                                  Components - firing       mechanism;
                                                                                                           primed coupling base withsafety
                                                                                                           fuze delay and crimped-on black
                                                                                                           powder igniter.
                                                                                                         Type - combination.
                                                                                                         Weight of igniter (black powder) -
                                                                                                           15 grains.
                                                                                                         Dimension - height (fuzed), 9-3/4-
                                                                PULL                                       inches; diameter including por-
                                                              SPRING                                       tion of base for fuze well, 4
                  T, ,Ljc
                                                                                                         Thread size - 9/16-inch.
                                                                                                         Material - zinc base alloy.
                                                                                                         Safeties -locking     safety pin (cot-
                                                                                         g                 ter pin type) in release pin ti
                                                                                                           end opposite release pin rj
                                                                                                           positive safety pin (cotter I
                                                                                                           type) in end of firing pinbetween
                                                                                                           pressure prongs.
                                                          ’     IGNITER    CHARGE                        Painting - olive drab.
                                                                                                         Marking - nomenclature of fuze.

                                                              ISPOTTING     CHARGE

                                                                    RELAY    CHARGE
                                                                    DELAY     CHARGE

                                                                            OR3   0835

     Figure         36.       Mine,     antipersonnel,         practice,      M8
              and    fuse,          mine combination,          MlO.41.

     b. Description.
       (1) Mine.
           Model number - M8.
           Weight, unfuzed - 3.63 pounds.
           Dimensions -height, fuzed, 9-3/4-
             inches; diameter -plus portion of
             base for fuze, 3-3/4-inches.                                                         Figure    33. Packing box for two antipersonnel
           Material - steel.                                                                  practice     m&e  M8 and 80 of each replacement    part--

        c. Functioning.      Actuation of the firing                     Note:  If the base coupling            has a hexa-
                                                                      gonal edge, use antipersonnel             mine fuzing
     mechanism by an applied load of 8 to 20                          wrench M25.
     pounds on any of the prongs of the head,                    (6) Fit   the. spotting charge into the
     or by a pull of 3 to 10 pounds on the re-                        cardboard projectile (canister).
     lease pin by means of a trip wire, causes                           Note.    The spotting       charge does not al-
     the firing pin to hit the primer. The primer                    ways fit easily         into the cardboard   projec-
     ignites a delay train which burns for 4 to                      tile.     Do not strike     the spotting      charge
                                                                     when inserting        it. Either    enlarge the pro-
     5 seconds before igniting            the igniter                jectile     hole, or twist      and press the spot-           .
     charge. The igniter charge ignites the                          ting charge in with a steady pressure.
     delay element in the spotting charge and                     (7) Insert   the cardboard       projectile
     expels the cardboard projectile (canister)                       with spotting charge into the pro-
     from the projector,        blowing off the mine                  jector tube and snap the mine cap
     cap. After a short delay during which the                        (cover) over the projector.
     part of the projectile containing the spot-                         Caution:  This should be done
     ting charge rises aboout 6 feet in the air,                      after the fuze is installed.
     the flame from the delay element initiates                   (8) Lay the mine in a hole (about 10
     the spotting charge. The spotting charge                         inches deep) on a firm foundation
     explodes with a loud report and emits                            with the tips of the fuze pro
      smoke.                                                          extending just above ground Id=      vel.
       d. Laying and Armin&                                           Pack dirt around mine up to the
           (1) Remove a mine, a firing mechan-                        mine cap until the mine is solidly
               ism, and igniter-and-primer         as-                and firmly emplaced.
                                                                         Note.   Do not       c over     the ;Jrojector   with
               sembly (an igniter-and-primer       as-
                                                                      dirt or rocks.
               sembly consists of a coupling base
               fitted with both a primer and an                   (9) Install one or more trip wires by
                                                                      attaching them first to firmly-
               igniter), a spotting charge, and a                     driven anchor stakes and then to the
               cardboard      projectile   from their                 release-pin   ring, leaving enough
               packings.                                              slack to allow the top of the fuze
           (2) Test both the locking safety pin                       to rotate and thus receive a direct
                (located in end of the release pin                    pull on the release pin ring from
               opposite to the release pin ring)                      any one of the trip wires. This is
               and the positive safety pin (located                   necessary for proper functioning
               in the firing pin between the pres-                    of the fuze.
                sure prongs) for freedom from                    (10) Remove the locking safety pin by
               binding, by twisting the safety pins                   pulling on the cord to which it is
                gently with the fingers.                              attached.
                 Cautfon:    If either of these safety           (11) Camouflage the installation in ac-
               pins is not free enough to be re-                      cordance with instructions   in FM
                moved easily when arming the fuze,                    20-32.
                a damaged firing mechanism is                    (12) Remove the positive safety pin (lo-
                indicated. Such a firing mechanism                    cated between the three prongs) by
                should be replaced.                                   pulling on the cord to which it is
           (3) Assemble the firing mechanism to                       attached, thus arming the fuze.
                the igniter-and-primer       assembly,                   Caution: Do not disturb the trip
                thus completing the fuze MlOAl.                       wires.
                 Note. Use only    the   black4-K-second   de-
              lay flash igniter.                                 (13) Save the safety pin for subsequent
                                                                      disarming of the fuze.
         (4) Inspect the fuze well of the mine                           Note.    The      mine may be ins ta 1 led         for
              and remove any foreign material.                        pressure      and     trip-wire  operation     or it may
          (5) Screw the fuze into the fuze wellof                     be installed
                                                                      omitting     the
                                                                                          for pressure
                                                                                          trip wires.
                                                                                                          operationonly      by
              the mine as shown in figure 34,
              grasping the knurled edge of the                   e. Disarming         and Removal (Neutraliz-
              base coupling.                                     ing).

      (1) Carefully     inspect the installation                hands or other parts of the body
           for boobytrapping devices.                           should not be directly       over the
      (2) Carefully remove the camouflage                       mine at any time.
           material.                                        (2) If the spotting charge fails to
      (3) Insert the positive safety pinfirst,                  the cardboard projectile       is pi,-
           then insert the locking safety pin.                  pelled into the air. Personnelmust
           Disconnect trip wires.                               be alert to avoid the fallingprojec-
      it; Remove the mine from the hole.                        tile. The falling cardboard pro-
.     (6) Remove the fuze. Unscrew the fir-                     jectile must be recovered and the
           ing mechanism from igniter and                       unfired spotting charge removed.
          primer assembly.                                  (3) Do not open replacement part con-
      (7) Remove the mine cap from the                          tainers until ready for use.
           mine projector      and remove the               (4) Protect spotting charges and ig-
           cardboard projectile.    Remove the                  r&&-and-primer       assemblies        in
           spotting charge from the cardboard                   opened containers from exposure
          projectile.                                           t43 moisture.
      (8) Restore mine, firing mechanism,
          igniter and primer assembly, spot-          28.   Fuze, Mine, Combination,     Practice
          ting charge, cardboard projectile,                Ml0 or MlOAl
           and mine cap to their original con-
          dition and packings.                            a. General. This fuze is a combination
    f. Functioned Mine and Fuze.                      fuze of the pull-pressure           type, used to
                                                      ignite the spotting charge in antipersonnel
      (1) The mine body and the firing mech-          practice mine M8. It is shown in figure 32
          anism of the $uze which have func-
          tioned are reusable.        The fired       assembled to the mine. The MlOAl fuze
          igniter-and-primer        assembly          can be used interchangeably with the MlO,
           (primed     base coupling          with    the principal         difference being      in the
          c 1:i mp e d-on igniter) should be          primer. The difference between the M3 9@.
          either replaced by a new one or             primer which is used with the fuze Mlc
          prepared for reuse by renewing the          and the MK 5 primer which is used 1
          primer and igniter.                         fuze Ml0 is that the M39Al has a sharper
                                                      pointed anvil and a flat bottom cup, thus
      (2) To be reused, the functioned firing         providing more reliable functioning.
          mechanism must be recocked and
          its safety pins replaced. To recock,            b. Description.        This fuze consists of a
          place the end of a stick, pencil, or        tri-pronged      firing mechanism and a base
          nail against the firing pin and push        to which an igniter containing 15 grains of
                                                      black powder is attached. The base also
          it back until it is held in place by
                                                      contains a primer and a safety fuze which
          the release pin.
                                                      provides a delay of 4 to 5 seconds. The
      (3) After restoring the mine body and           firing mechanism consists of a cylindrical
          fuze (firing mechanism, and ig-             metal case containing a trigger pin, a re-
          niter-a n d-primer      assembly)      to   lease pin, and a firing pin, each pin being
          the i r original condition, either          fitted with a coil spring to provide the force
          place them in their original pack-          necessary to activate the fuze. Two safety
          ing or prepare them for immediate           pins render the fuze safe during shipment
          reuse by following the procedure            and handling. One safety pin (locking safety
          in above, using replacement parts           pin) passes through the end of the release
          as required.                                pin and bears against the body of the fuze;
    g. Specia.1 Precautions.
      (1) When this practice mine functions,          the other safety pin (positive safety pin)
          the mine cap and part of the card-          passes through that part of the firing pin
          board projectile are projected up-          which protrudes between the prongs and
          ward; hence, to prevent injury in            above the top of the fuze (par. 2’76.).
          case of accidental functioning, the                (1) The three prongs are assembled to_
        the hollow trigger pin which is held      vide the visible and audible signal re-
        against the top of the casing by          quired for the practice mine, the Ml7
        pressure of the trigger pinspring.        contains an expelling charge, a smoke
        The wedge-shaped portion at the           charge and two small firecrackers.              The
        base of the trigger pin bears on          expelling charge blows the fuze portion of
        the release pin,                          the mine and the two firecrackers             out of
    (2) The release pin, has a keyhole-           the ground. The firecrackers              function
        shaped slot. The narrow portion           either in the air or on top of the ground.
        of the slot engages the notch inthe       The smoke charge stays in the ground
        firing pin to hold the firing pin in      and burns for approximately           5 seconds,
        the cocked position.                      causing a smoke cloud to issue from the
    (3) The firing pin is a steel rod ap-         hole made by the expelled fuze. The Ml7
        proximately    l/B-inch in diameter       practice mine has the following character-
        and has a circumferential      groove     istics: force of 20 to 35 pounds applied to
        or 2 slots where it passes through        the pressure plate of the armed mine will
        the release pin.                          cause the mine to function. A man’s weight
  c. Functionin&                                  is sufficient to activate a mine Ml7 buried
    (1) When a sufficiently heavy load (8 to      to a depth of l/a-inch        or less. The Ml7
        20 pounds) is applied to any of the       is designed to withstand exposure to alter-
        prongs, the trigger pin is forced         nate freezing and thawing periods.
        downward and acts against the re-            b. Description.
        lease pin to force the release pin              (1) Mine.
        outward. This action disengages                     Model number - Ml7 (T34)
        the narrow portiop of the keyhole-                  Type - practice      (simulating blast
        slot from the notchor groove in the                   type)
        firing pin, and the firing pin is                   We i g h t (with integral fuze) - 4
        driven by its spring into the primer                  ounces (approx.)
        and fires it.                                       Weight of smoke tube charge
    (2) A pull of 3 to 10 pounds on the trip                  (smoke composition)              - 200
        wire attached to the release-pin                      grains
        ring will pull the release pin out-                 Weight of expelling charge (black
        ward. This releases the firingpin,                    powder) - 60 grains (approx.)
        which is then driven by its spring                  Weight of firecracker          detonator
        into the primer, firing it.                           charge - 1.75 grains (approx.)
    (3) The functioning of the primer ig-                   Dimensions        -height,        l-9/16
        nites the safety fuze which,.after 1                  inches; diameter, 2-3/16 inches
        to 2 seconds, ignites the blackpow-                 Material - plastic
        der igniter charge.                                 Fuze - integral
  d. Arming and Disarming.       R e f e r to               Color-blue      (arming        arrow in
paragraph 27d and 27e.                                        white)
                                                            Marking (on bottom) - nomencla-
29.   Mine,    Antipersonnel,   NM, Ml7   (T34)               ture, symbol of parts, manufac-
      with    integral   Fuze                                 turer,   loader’s     lot number,
   a. General.   This mine (fig. 34) is the                   month and year loaded.
practice version of mine, antipersonnel,                    Plug (in bottom) -head of plug is
NM, M14, with integral fuze (par. 22). The                    same size and shape (hexagonal)
Ml7 like the M14, is detectable by metal-                     as head of detonator holder of
lic-type  mine detectors, and is not re-                      Ml4 mine, which the Ml7 simu-
usable. Unlike the M14, the Ml7 provides                      lates.
a 1 to 2 second delay between activation                (2) Fuze.
and functioning.    The mine cannot cause                   Components - pressure plate, lock
injury to the person initiating it or per-                    key, spider, lock ring, belleville
sonnel in the immediate vicinity. To pro-                     spring, and firing pin.

                                                                                                                CROSS SECTION

                                                                      FUZE    ASSEMBLY

                                                                     MINE     ASSEMBLY

                                                                                                                                 ORD D761

                         A-Key        lock (plastic)                                      L-Body,        mine (plastic)
                         B-Plate,         pressure       (plastic)                        M-Gasket,          plug (rubber)
                         C-Clip,        safety      (steel)                               N-Plug       (plastic)
                         D-Gasket          (rubber)                                       P-Fuze,        delay
                         E-Spider         (plastic)                                       Q-Charge,          initiating
                         F-Body,         fuze (plastic)                                   R-Igniter,       prime charge
                         G-Firing         pin assembly           (consists                        (quick      match)
                                 of plastic        belleville       spring,                S-Igniter,       firecracker
                                 plastic      lock ring, and                                      (quick      match)
                                 firing pin assemblyj                                     T-Charge         container
                         H-Partition          (plastic)                                   U-Cord,        carrying
                         J-Smoke          tube assembly                                   V-Expelling            charge
                         K-Firecracker             assembly                               W-Igniter

          Figure   34.     Mine, antipersonnel,              practice,        NM, Ml7 (T34) top, bottom,         and cross   section.

          Type - belleville spring - integral                                     the safety clip prevents downward motion
          Material - plastic (e xc e p t steel                                    of the pressure plate, If the safety clip is
           firing pin)                                                            removed, the mine remains safe until the
          Safeties - steel c 1i p (U-shaped)                                      pressure plate is turned from the safe (S)
            with pull cord; provision      for                                    position to the armed (A) position (fig. 35).
            turning pressure plate from safe                                       This motion disengages the key lock from
            position (white pointer at A)                                         the lock ring and turns the pressure plate
          Color - blue                                                             clear of the spider, permitting downward
     c. Functioning. Until the mine isarmed,                                       motion of the pressure plate. Any weight

on the pressure plate will then be trans-                                             (S) in a clockwise direction, until
mitted to the firing pin spring assembly.                                             the arrow on the pressure plate
If a weight of 20 to 35pounds is so applied,                                          points to (A).
the belleville    spring will snap through                                        (3) Lay the mine in a small hole in the
center, causing the firing pin to initiate                                            ground so that pressure plate is
the primer charge. The initiating charge                                              within l/2-inch    of the surface of
then ignites the fuze delay which burns                                               the ground. The ground beneaththe
for 1 to 2 seconds before initiating the                                              mine should be sufficiently firm to
igniter.  The igniter initiates the prime                                             support the mine when pressureis
charge igniters which in turn initiate the                                            applied to the pressure plate. The
smoke charge and the firecrackers.       The                                          mine should be anchored, using the
igniter also initiates the expelling charge                                           carrying cord, in such a manner
which blows the fuze assembly out of the                                              that the mine will not float above
ground.                                                                               ground level should there be a
                                                                                      heavy rainfall.
                                                                                  (4) Hold the mine firmly with one hand,
                                                                                      without touching the pressure plate.
                            WRENCH,     MN;    AND    FUZE, M22
                                                                                      With the other hand, remove the
                                                                                      safety clip by pulling the safety
                                                                                      clip pull cord. The mine is now
                                                                                      fully armed.
                                                                                         Caution: Do not touch pressure
                                                                                      plate of fuze while arming the mine.
                                                                                      Retain safety clip for possible
                                                                                      future use.
                                                                               f. Disarmi@.
  PRESSURE PLATE IN UNARMED     ~osmot4       ww     SAFETY CLIP IN PLACE.        Caution: Check for boobytrapping be-
                                                                             fore removing camouflage material.
                                                                                  (1) If there is any evidence of booby-
                                                                                      trapping, damage, or malfunction-
                                                                                      ing, or if the safety clip cannot be
                                                                                      replaced, discontinue any attempt
                                                                                      to disarm the mine.
                                                                                  (2) Carefully remove camouflage ma-
PRESSURE PLATE IN ARMED     CONDITION      WITH    SAFETY CLIP REMOVED.               terial and insert the safety clip
                                                            RAPD 212803
                                                                                      into the slots in the pressure plate
Figure     35. Mine,      antipersonnel,          practice,  NM, Ml7                  before the mine is otherwise dis-
         (T34)-method         of using        arming wrench.                          turbed.
   d. Preparation for use. The mine is                                            (3) Turn the pressure plate from (A)
                                                                                      in a counterclockwise        direction
assembled and shipped with the arrow on
                                                                                      with the arming wrench until the
the pressure plate turned to safe (S) and
with the safety clip in place. The plug in                                            arrow points to (S).
                                                                               g. Precautions.
base of the Ml7 mine must not be removed.
Unlike the Ml4 mine, it is not necessary                                          (1) In use, All precautions normally
to remove a shipping plug and insert a                                                followed in the storage, shipment,
detonator. The mine Ml7 is complete as                                                handling, and use of militarypyro-
shipped.                                                                              technics should be followed. Refer
                                                                                      to TM g-1370-200.
   e. Laying and Arming.
     (1) Make certain that the safety clip                                        (2) In storage. The practice          mine
                                                                                      should be stored in accordance
         is in place.
     (2) Using the arming wrench M22 (fig.                                            with instructions    contained in TM
         35) turn the pressure plate from                                              g-1903.

                                                           CHAPTER 3
                                                ANTITANK                            MINES

30. General
    a. Uses. Antitank mines are used pri-                                          force developed by the explosion for their
 marily to restrict or delay movement of                                           effect. For a more detailed general de-
 enemy vehicles. An antitank mine is so                                            scription of antitank mines see paragraph
 placed in the ground that it will be trig-                                        5.
 gered by movement of enemy tanks, vehi-                                              c. Fuzes and Other Components. Vari-
 cles, or attempted removal by e n e m y                                           ous types of fuzes are used to activate
 troops. Antitank mines will usually destroy                                       antitank mines. The fuze serves to trans-
 a small unarmored vehicle. Although they                                         form the mechanical initiating        action
 may not always destroy an armored tank                                            (pressure) on the fuze to an explosive force
they can be relied on to incapacitate it,                                         which initiates the high-explosive train of
usually by damaging its tracks. Heavy anti-                                       the mine. Antitank mines require a booster
tank mines are likely to be triggered by                                          which serves to amplify the explosive force
foot troops unless they attempt to run                                            of the detonator in the fuze and to assure
across or distrub them. Detailedinforma-                                          initiation of the main charge in the mine.
tion on uses !and tactical employment of                                          Antitank mines are provided with sec-
antitank mines may be found in FM 20-32.                                          ondary fuze wells for use inboobytrapping
   b. Mines. Representative types of anti-                                        the mine (par. 6). A secondary fuze usually
tank mines are shown in figure 1. An ex-                                          consists of a standard firing device (par.
ample of both a light and a heavy antitank                                        42) screwed into an activator (par. 32,
mine is shown in this illustration.    Light                                      which serves as an adapter-detonator
antitank mines are now obsolete; however,                                         the firing device.
inert, empty, and practice models of light                                            d. Data. Tabulated data on antitank
antitank mines are available (see table IV,                                       mine fuzes and components may be found
and par. 38). Most antitank mines are of                                          in table III. Additional data may be found
the blast type and depend on the explosive                                        in paragraphs 31. through 35.
                              Table   III.   Service     Antitank          Mines,    Fuaes,   and Components.
                                                       Service      Antitank        Mines
                                                                                                 Weight   as       Shipping   case     dimensions        (in.)
         Nomenclature                                  Packing      description                   shipped      ,
                                                                                                    (lb.)          Length            Width          Height

MINE, ANTITANK:     HE, heavy            Packed 1 mine (w/fuze and 1 acti-                          49.0           18            15-l/8             7-l/2
  Ml5 w/fuze, mine, AT M603                vator, ea in can M182)/wdn bx.
  and activator Ml.
MINE, ANTITANK:      HE, heavy           Packed 2/wtrprf  barrier bag, 2 bag                        90.8           22-l/8       20-l/8              16
  M21 and fuze, mine, com-                 (4 mine w/2 wrench M26)/wrbnd
 bination M607 and booster                 bx.
MINE, ANTITANK:           HE, NM,        Packed 2 mines (w/2 fuze M606, 1                           71.8           16-3/8        lo-3/8             16
  Ml9 (T18).                               wrench M22 and 2 detonator hold-
                                           er assy in crdbd ctn, overpacked
                                           in barrier  material bag and 2
                                           activator  M2 in indiv mtl cntr)/
                                           wdn bx.
MINE, ANTITANK:     HE, NM,              Packed 2 mine (w/2 fuze and 1                              71.8           16-3/8       lo-3/8              16
  Ml9 (T18E4) w/fuze mine                  wrench)/wdn bx.
  M606 (T1202E2).

                                Table    III.     Service     Antitank       Mines,       Fuzes,      and Components-Continued

                                                              Service Antitank           Mines - Continued
                                                                                                                     Weight as              Shipping   case dimensions       (in.)
                Nomenclature                                         Packing       description                        shipped
                                                                                                                        (lb.)               Length         Width     Height
MINE, ANTITANK:    HE, NM,                               Packed 2/support/hag,  2 bag (4                                 m-s-               ---_--       ------     -_____
  Ml9 (w/fuze M606, w/acti-                                mine and 1 arming wrench M22)/
 vator M2).                                                wrbnd bx.

                                                               Service       Antitank       Mine Fuzes

FUZE,     MINE:          AT M603------                   Packed l/mtl cntr,              144 cntr (144                   58.9               16-3/8       17-7/8      13-3/8
                                                           fuze)/wdn bx.
                                                         Packed l/mtl cntr,              180 cntr (180                   71.6               16-3/8       14-7/8      13-3/8
                                                           fuze)/wdn bx,
MINE, ANTITANK:                  HE, Heavy               Packed 2 mines (w/2 fuzes and 2                                 60                 17-5/8       16-3/16    8-3/4
  M6 w/fuze, mine,               AT(M603)                  activators) in a wdn bx.
  and activator Ml.
MINE, ANTITANK:                  HE, light               Packed 12 mines in rows of 3, w/12                              71.5               18-3/8       10-l/2      7-l/4
  M7 w/fuze, mine,               AT M603.                  fuzes and 12 activators all packed
                                                         Packed 12 mines w/l2 fuzes ------                               77                 23-3/8       ll-3/4     9-l/2
                                                            Components         of Service         Antitank       Minea
                                                                                                                     Weight        as       Shipping   case dimensions        (in.)
                 Nomenclature                                            Packing    description                          shipped        _
                                                   .                                                                       (lb.1            Length          Width         Height

ACTIVATOR,              ANTITANK           MINE:         Packed l/mtl          cntr,     100 cntr (100                    47.9               22-l/4       9-3/4          14-l/2
  Ml.                                                      activator)/wdn          bx.
                                                         Packed l/mtl          cntr,     132 cntr (132                    65.3               26-7/8       15-3/4         9-3/8
                                                           activator)/wdn          bx.
                                                         Packed l/mtl          cntr,     144 cntr         (144            54.4               IQ-3/8       14-7/8         13-3/8
                                                           activator)/wdn          bx.
                                                         Packed l/mtl          cntr,     168 cntr         (168            -----              _-__--       ------      ------
                                                           activator)/wdn          bx.
ACTIVATOR,  ANTITANK                                     Packed l/mtl cntr, 180 cntr                      (180            54.5               16-3/8       16-3/4         14-3/4
  MINE: M2 (T3El).                                         activator)/wdn bx.
ARMING PLUG, ANTITANK                                    Packed    as required           --------------                   -----              ------       ------         ------
 MINE: M4 or M4Bl (w or
 w/o spring).
ARMING          PLUG, ANTITANK                           Packed    144/wdn bx---------------                              70.0               15           13-3/8         11-l/2
  MINE:         M4 or M4Bl.
BOOSTER, ANTITANK                       MINE:            Packed 200/ctn, 6 ctn (1,200 boost-                              63.11              16-l/8       13-3/4         13-l/2
  Ml20 (w/retainer).                                       er and 1,200 retainer)/wdn bx.
RETAINER,            ANTITANK            MINE            Packed 25,00O/fbrbd                drum--------                  93.0               16           16             18-l/2

31.     Mine,      Antitank,        HE,         Heavy,      Ml5    with                           ordinarily  be initiated by foot troop    s.
        Fuze, Mine, AT,                 M603 and                                                  However, it is possible that the mine could
        Activator, Ml                                                                             be detonated by a running soldier.
  a. General.    This is a high capacity                                                             Warning:   Friendly troops should amid
mine (figs. 36 and 37) intended f o r use                                                         areas mined with antitank mine M15.
against heavy tanks. A minimum force of                                                             6. Description.
565 f 174 pounds on the fuze is required                                                              (1) Mine.
to initiate  this mine therefore it will not                                                              Model number - Ml5
        Weight, %if&ed-       X--pounds                           Booster - booster Ml20 in boi&m
        Weight of explosive charge                                  Of main fuze well; no o t he r
          (Comp B) - 22 pounds                                      booster required.               *.
        Dimensions -height, 4-7/8 inches;                         Painting - olive drab.
          diameter, 13-l/8 inches.                                Marking - nomenclature, lot nL
        Material - steel                                            ber, month and year loaded, and
        Fuze well-main       (primary) fuze                         loader’s initials - on bottom of
          well located in center of mine.                           mine in yellow.
        Fuze arming mechanism - arming                       (2) Fuze (primary).
          plug M4 or M4Bl. This plug is in                        Model number - M603
          place over main fuze well of mine                       Type - mechanical, belleville
          as shipped. This plug (fig. 31) has                        spring
          a steel shutter which moves from                        Weight - 1.56 ounces
          a side position as the setting knob                     Weight of explosive (primer deto-
          is moved from SAFE through                                nator, lead azide, and RDX) - 7
          DANGER to A RME D position.                                grains (approx.) .
          Arming plug M4 or M4Bl may                              Dimensions - height, 1.17 inches;
          be used with HE antitank mines                             diameter, 1.125 inches.
          of the M6 series or the Ml5                             Material - steel
          series. Arming plug M4 is used                          Safeties - safety clip (fork)
          with AT practice mine M12.                              Painting - unpainted
           Caution: The settingknobshould                         Marking - nomenclature stamped
        never be left pointing to DANGER.                            in metal
        S e c o n d a r x (boobytrapping) fuze                (3) F;uze (secondary) (boobytrapping).
           wells:                                                  Firing device type and model num-
           Number and location - two wells,                          ber-any     regular type having
          one located in side and one in                              9/16-inch   thread, usually pull-
           bottom; covered         by tape, as                        type Ml.
           shipped.                                               Activator name and model nun -
        Type of secondary (boobytrapping)                             -activator   Ml.
           fuze for which threaded - any fir-
           ing device (par. 42) andactivator                c. Functioning.
           Ml (par. 35).                                      (1) When the shutter of the armingplug
                                                                   (fig. 38) is in the “ARMED” po-
                                                                   sition, a force of 300 to 400 pounds
                                                                   on pressure       plate of mine de-
                                                                   presses the belleville spring of the
                                                                   mine, causing the shutter to de-
                                                                   press the pressure p 1ate of the
                                                              (2) The fuze pressure plate depresses
                                                                   the fuze belleville spring w hi c h
                                                                   snaps into reverse, driving firing
                                                                   pin into the detonator and exploding
                                                               (3) Explosion of the detonator explodes
                                                                   the booster (M120) which, in turn,
                                              Y FUZE WELL           explodes the main charge.
                                                            d. Lap’@ and Arm@.
 MINE. AT, HEAVY Ml5                                           (1) Unscrew the arming plug from the
 LOT NUMBER                               RAPD 212800~              mine, using the arming wrench (fig.
                                                                    39) as shown in figure 40.
     Figure   36. Mine,   antitank,   HE, heavy,   M16.        (2) Inspect the fuze well and arn$w

                                                         FUZE RETAINtR SPRING ,FUZE M603

                                                                                                                    BELLEVILLE SPRINGS
                PRESSURE PLATE                                                                                           RUBBER MOISTURE SEAL


                                                 RETAINER FOR BOOSTER Ml20

                                                                       ’ 3.‘6 IN’*4                                                            RAPD 149692A

          Figure     37.   Mine,    antitank,      HE,     heavy,     Ml5   (T27)-cross            section   with   fuse   M603   installed.

     ‘SAFE’    POSlTlON                 ‘SAFE’    POSITION

                   SHUTTER IN         SETTING      KNOB IN
               ‘ARMED’ POSITION       ‘ARMED’      POSITION

     BOTTOM      VIEWS                      TOP    VIEWS
                                                    RAP0     116933
                                                                                      4 - INSERTliii?
                                                                                                    ARMING                 5 - INDICATOR  TURNED
Figure   38.    Arming plug M.J or MJBI, for antitank                                     PLUG WITH INDICATOR                  TO ‘ARMED’  POSITIONED
mines    Ml5    serviceyzM6 empty and Ml8 practice.                                       AT ‘SAFE’ POSITION                   AFTER LAYING MINE
                                                                                          INTO MINE BEFORE
                                                                                          LAYING                                               RAPD 116934

                                                                                       Figure      40.   Five steps in method   of fuzing             and
                                                                                                arming   antitank  mine Ml5 with fuze,
                                                                                                             mine, AT, M603.

                                                                                                     Warning: Ice in the fuz e well
                                                                                                   during fuzing operations can cause
    Figure      39. Wrench,        arming plug,      MBO, for                                      a serious accident. During freezing
                 arming plug       M,$ or M4Bi.
                                                                                                   weather make sure none is present.
          plug threads to see that no foreign                                                        Note.   Check to be sure booster               retainer
          material is present. Remove for-                                                         is seated    in fuze well.  If booster           retainer
          eign material when found.                                                                is not present,    replace mine.

     (3) After removing it from its metal                             the pointer on the arming p 1~ g
         shipping container, inspect f u z e                          points to SAFE.
         M603 for serviceability.   The green                            Caution: Because of tolerance=.
         end of the detonator must show in                            pekmitted in manufacture, it
         the bottom of the fuze.                                      possible that in some cases t.
     (4) Just before insertion of the fuze                            pressure plate of the fuze M603
         into the mine, remove the safety                             extends too high, makhg it diffi-
         fork from the cover assembly of                              cult, if not impossible, to turn the
         the fuze, as shown in figure 40.                             knob on the arming       plug to the
         This may be done by hand by using                            ARMED position. Do not attempt
         the hook-end of the arming wrench.                           to force the knob but,ifnecessary,
         Save the safety fork (clip) for use                          unscrew the arming         plug just
         in disarming the fuze.                                       enough      to allow the knob to be
     (5) Insert the fuze into the fuze well of                        turned freely. The setting knob
         the mine, as shown in figure 40,                             should at no time be left pointed to
         pushing it down gently until it seats.                       DANGER.
            Note.   Always     insert    the main (primary)
                                                                  (9) Camouflage the mine in accordance
         fuze before installing       secondary   fuzes.              with instructions in FM 20-32.
            Warning: No pressure must be                         e. Boobyfrapping.      Hoobytrapping of the
         put on the pressure plate of the fuze                mine Ml5 requires activator Ml (par. 35)
         when inserting it into the fuze well.                and a firing device of the pull, or pull-
         To assure proper clearance be-                       release type (par. 46) and wire or trip wire
         tween the fuze pressure-plate but-                   (fig. 5).
         ton and the i’shutter of the arming                       (1) Remove mine Ml5 from packing
         plug, it is essential that the fuze                            and inspect for and remove foreign
         be fully seated on the internal                                material.
         shoulder of the mine fuze well. If                        (2) Remove tape and shipping sleeve
         the fuze is not fully seated, the but-                         from secondary f uz e well (s*
         ton on the fuze pressure plate will                            well, bottom well, or both).
         interfere with the movement of the                        (3) Inspect secondary fuze well ca,
         shutter in arming the fuze. Hence,                             fully to make certain it is free of
         if the fuze does not seat fully, it                            foreign material.
         must be removed and the cause in-                         (4) Remove plug and its gasket from
         vestigated.                                                    head of activator (activator Ml),
     (6) Make sure that the settingknoband                              and screw the activator hand-tight
         shutter are in the SAFE position,                              into the secondary fuze well of the
         screw the arming plug with helical                             mine. Retain plug and gasket for
         spring fuze retainer into the mine                             future use.
         securely as s ho wn in figure 40                          (5) Check to assure that the small rub-
         using the arming wrench to assure                              ber gasket is in place inside the
         a watertight joint.                                            activator.    Screw firing    device
     (7) Lay the mine on a firm foundation                              hand-tight into activator (the firing
         with the top surface of the pres-                              device do e s nof have a blasting
         sure plate not more than l-1/2                                 cap).
         inches beneath the ground level.                          (6) Install t r ip wires as required,
     (8) Just before the mine is covered,                               fastening them to anchor p o st s
         arm the mine by turning the setting                            firsf    and to the firing device of
         knob with red pointer from ‘SAFE”                              mine last. Make sure there is no
         through “DANGER” to “ARMED”                                    tension on the wires, except on the
         as shown in figure 40. The arming                              pull-release    type firing   device
         wrench may be used for this pur-                               (par. 46), which must be installed
         pose. The fuze will not function if                            by special troops only.

      L Disarmi@        and Removal (Neutrali-                 (9) Unscrew     the actuator from the
    zing).                                                         secondary fuze well(s). Replace the
        (1) Carefully      uncover the concealed                   plug and gasket in the head of the
              mine and examine the side andbot-                    actuatdr.
              tom secondary          fuze wells for           (10) Screw arming plug with retainer
              boobytrapping devices (secondary                     spring into place hand-tight, with
              fuzes).                                              pointer on setting knob pointing to
                 Warai@:     Trip wire may have                    “SAFE”.
              been installed that will initiate a             (11) Replace tape over secondary fuze
              secondary fuze by either pull or                     well.
              release.                                        (12) Pack the mine and fuze in its orig-
        (2)   Do not cut tauf trip wires, but cut                  inal position in its packing con-
              all slack trip wires.                                tainer .
                 Warni@ 1: If taut wires are en-                     Note.     The mine may be laid and removed
              countered when attempting lo neu-                   any number of times, provided     neither  fuze
                                                                  nor mines show evidence      of damage or de-
              tralize the mine, do not cut the                    terioration.
              wires, under any circumstances.
              The best procedure is to attach a         g. Effectiveness.
              long rope or wire to the mine with-           (1) If buried 3-inches deep, this mine
              out disturbing the taut trip wire and             will disable a medium tank such
              then remove        the mine from the              as the 90-n-m gun tank M48 by
              ground by pulling on the long rope                breaking the track.
              or wire from a protected position,            (2) If laid flush with ground, it will
              making sure that such protected                   disable a medium tank such as the
              position is not mined. If this method              go-mm gun tank M48 by breaking
              is not practicable,      the matter               the track and bogies (road wheels
              s ho u 1d be referred to specially                or other parts of the suspension
              trained personnel.                                 system).
                 Warning 2: When removing the
              mine with a long rope or wire, use        32.    Fuze,   Mine, AT, M603
              extreme caution - the mine m a y              a. General. Antitank mine fuze M603
              detonate.                                 (figs. 37, 41 and 42) is an instantaneous
        (3)   Replace all safety pins in the firing     mechanical-pressure       type fuze. This fuze
              devices, always replacing           the   is used and packed with (fig. 43) antitank
              “positive”    safety pin first then       mine Ml5 (par. 31). Fuze M603 is also
              remove the trip wire.                     available as a separately issued item. (See
        (4)   Unscrew the activator.         Replace    table III.)
              plug and gasket in head of acti-              b. Description.    The fuze consists of an
              vator.                                    aluminum body l-1/8 inches in diameter
        (5)   Turn the setting knob of the arming       and l-3/16 inches high. The body contains
              plug to the “SAFEff position.             a firing pin assembly, a cover assembly,
        (6)    Unscrew firing device from acti-         a safety fork (clip), and a detonator. The
              vator.                                    firing pin assembly consists of afiringpin
        (7)   Remove arming plug by unscrew-            and two steel belleville      springs held to-
               ing it in a counterclockwise   direc-    gether by a retainer which is crimped to
              tion.                                      the firing pin. The cover assembly con-
        (8)   Remove the fuze, graspingthefuze           sists of a metal cover for the top of the
              pressure plate with the fingers,           fuze body and a pressure plate which is
              and insert the safety fork (clip)          attached to the cover in such a manner that
              under the pressure plate. The fuze         the safety fork may be inserted between
               should come out easily.                   the fuze body and the pressure plate. The
                  Warning:   Do not attempt to re-       detonator         well contains a detonator
               move the fuze if it is frozen in          crimped to the body of the fuze. Aprojec-
              place or difficult to remove.              tion at the bottom of the fuze bodypermits
                                         ALUMINUM        FUZE CASE
                   FUZE PRESSURE      PLATE

             SAFETY        FORK \         EELLEVILLE   SPRING,

              I        ’       z SHOULDER\     OF BODY

                                                              ORD D834                                                       RAP0   167429
   Figure    41.     Fuze, mine,       AT, M603-bottom,
                   tow and cross       section.                                  Figure   &.   Packing  box for mine, antitank
                                                                                                HE, heavy,  hl5.     .

                                                                                   handling high explosives should be
                                                                                    observed. Refer to paragraph 10.
                                                                               (2) When used with heavy antitank mine
                                                                                    MS, the safety fork (clip) should

                                                                                    not be removed until immediately
                                                                                    before the mine is fuzed, The set-
                                                                                    ting knob of the arming plug of mine
                                                                                    Ml5 should not be turned to the
                                                                                    armed position until all other op-
                                                                                    erations except final covering of
                                                                                    the pressure plate of the mine with
                                                                                    earth or other camouflaging ma-
                                                                                    terial have been completed.
                                                                                (3) For cautionary measures in;            p
                                                                                     and arming, disarming       and L-e:
                                                                                     moval (neutralizing),  in connection
                                                                                     with the use of this fuze in heavy
                                              RAP0   131065
                                                                                     antitank mine M15, refer to para-
    Figure    &2.     Metal     ammunition       container     for                   graph 31.
                    fuze,     mine, AT,      M603.                            e. Temperature Limits. The fuze M603
                                                                            operates normally      at temperatures     be-
the detonator (bottom end identified by its                                 tween -40°F. and 125°F.
green color), to come into close proximity                                  33. Mine, Antitank, HE, Hdavy,                  M21 with
with the booster charge. All mines using
                                                                                Fuze, Mine, AT, M607
fuze M603 have a booster Ml20 in thebot-
tom of the fuze well.                                                          a. General. Antitank      mine M21 with
   c. Functionin&     This fuze will function                               antitank mine fuze M607 (fig. 44) is used
when a load of 140 to 240 pounds depresses                                  primarily   for destroying tanks and other
its belleville spring, causing it to snap into                              types of tracked and wheeled vehicles. The
reverse and drive the firing pin into the                                   fuze M607, with extension rod adapter and
detonator. When this fuze is used inheavy                                   extension rod, can be actuated by contact
antitank mine M15, a minimum 1 o ad of                                      with any portion of the frontal width of a
565 f 174 pounds is needed on the pres-                                     tank or other vehicle. With the extension
sure plate to overcome belleville spring                                    rod adapter and extension rod removed,
 resistance and actuate the mine.                                           the fuze may be used as a pressure-type
   d. Precautions in Use.                                                   fuze. Mine M21 derives its effectiveness
      (1) As the fuze contains a detonator,                                  against armor from the energy prodused
          all precautions    prescribed   for                               by the high-explosive     charge (Corn7    *

                                     M21 mines manufactured before September 1963 have extension rod adapters
                                     whereas the extension rods of M21 mines manufactured after that date thread direct13
                                     into the M607 fuze. Descriptions of the mine and fuze bodies, and the operating
                                     instructions for both types of mines are the same.
                                                                            the charge cap assembly is to
                                                                            receive fuze M607.
                                                                            The body of the mine consists of
                                              FUZE, MINE                    the following components: mine
                                             M607 (T12OOE2i
                                                                            body with its concave steel plate,
                                                                            firing pin assembly, and high-
                                                                            explosive charge (Comp H6). The
                                                                            de 1 a y assembly consists of a
                                                                            primer M42, a delay element and
                                                                            a relay assembly.
                                                                              Note.    Booster   Ml20 is not shipped      in
                                                                           the booster    cavity  of mine M21. It is ship-
                                                                           ped in the same packing       support, but sep-
                                                                           arate from the mine.

                                                                      (2) Antitank       mine    fuze    M607
                                                                          (T1200E2). Ant it a n k mine fuze
                                                                          M607 (T1200E2) (fig.46), is 4 in-
                                                                          ches in length without the extension
                                                                          rod. and extension rod adapter, and
                                                                          approximately     2-3/4 i n c he s in
                                                                          diameter. The 3/4-inch external
                                                                          threads at the base of the fuze are
                                                                          protected    during shipment by a
            MINE.   ANTITANK:   M21     (TQ9E3)        ORD D54:-A
                                                                          closure assembly and gasket. The
   Figure   ,$,j,. Mine,    antitank,      HE, M2l    ana’ fuze           fuze assembly consists of the fol-
                   mine,    antitank      M607.                           lowing components: pressure ring,
propelling a mass of steel in an upward                                   cap, b ody, tilt rod, band, stop,
direction at velocity sufficient to perforate                             pull-ring assembly, plastic collar,
the tank belly armor.                                                      seal, bearing cap, belleville
                                                                          spring, retainer ring, O-ring, fir-
  b. Description.                                                          ing pin assembly, fork, detonator
    (1) Antitank mine Wl. Antitank mine                                    M46, gasket, and closure assem-
        M21 (fig. 45) is 9 inches in diam-                                bly. The band and the stop are held
        eter, 4-l/2 inches in height, and                                 together by the pull ring assembly
        contains approximately    11 pounds                                until the fuze is armed. The 24-
        of high-explosive    (Comp H6). The                                inch extension rod and the exten-
        mines are painted olive drab with                                  sion rod adapter are shipped un-
        markings in yellow. The adjustable                                 assembled (fig. 47).
        carrying strap attached to the mine                                  Note.    The fork of the closure       assembly
        is used for hand or shoulder                                     (fig.    47) prevents    the firing   pin from accia
        carrying   of the mine, The strap                                dentally     striking detonator     M46 during ship-
                                                                         ment or handling.
        can also be used for lifting the
        mine from an emplacement. The                               c. Functioning.
        approximate     weight of the mine,                            (1) Fuze, M607. The f u z e will func-
        without      fuze M60’7, is 17-l/4                                  tion with or without the extension
        pounds. The mine is composed of                                     rod and the extension rod adapter.
        a cover assembly and a body.                                      (a) With the extension rod and the
      (a) The cover assembly of the mine                                       extension rod adapter (fig. 48),
          contains a shipping plug assem-                                      assembled to the fuze (after the
          bly, a charge cap assembly, a                                        pull-ring   assembly, stop, and
          cover assembly, and a b 1 ac k                                       band have been removed), the
          powder expelling c h ar ge. The                                      tilting of the extension rod with
          purpose of the threaded hole in                                      a minimum horizontal force of

                                                                                             SHIPPING     PLUG ASSEMBLY           -

                                  COVER     ASSEMBLY\

                           .-            CHARGE CAP
                                                                                            BLACK POWDER
                                          ASSEYBLY                                        EXPELLING CHARGE

                  I                                                                    ‘BOOSTER     M 120
                                                                      .. “( .*.
              CLOSING     PLUG ASSEMBLY---,                      ’          9:; \

                                                        k       @..    *
                        SCREWDRIVER        SLOT \..*                                                                      ORD D55-B

                                Figure    45.   Mine,   antitank,          HE,      MZl-sectional       view.

            3.75 pounds, acting through an                                                 (b) When used without the extension
            angle of approximately     20 de-                                                   rod and the extension      rod
            grees or more, will shatter or                                                      adapter, a minimum force onthe
            break the plastic collar (fig. 46).                                                 pressure ring of 290 pounds

             SECTION A-A

                                     PRESSUFi,E RING
                                                                                  PULL RING         ASSEMBLY


                                   TILT   ROD

                     PLASTIC    COLLAR              -6


                       BEARING     CAP\ -m                            ai                 BELLEVILLE    SPRING

                                                                                                       i RING

                                                                                        DETONATOR     M4 ,6

                     CLOSURE ASSEMBLY                                                               ORD D56-A

            Figure     46.     Fuze, mine,   antitank,   M607-cross         sectional      view.

    acting through a distance of 1/8-                                      tered or broken,       the tilt rod
    inch, will shatter or break the                                        presses against the bearing cap,
    plastic collar.                                                        forcing it downward, causing the
(c) Once the plastic collar is shat-                                       belleville spring (fig. 46) tosnap
                                                                                                    PLASTIC         -
                                                                                                    BARRIER   BA(

       WIREBOUND   PACKING      BOX’         -Tzqg     j,g

                       Figure    47.   Packing   for   antitank   mine   Mdl    and components.

           into reverse position. The re-                                      45) blows off the fuze assembly,
           versing action of the spring                                        the cover assembly, and the dirt
           drives the firing pin of the firing                                 or camouflage      material  whit h
           pin assembly into detonator M46                                     c over s the mine. The pressure
           and explodes the detonator,                                         created by the burning of the black
           which, in turn, fires the black                                     powder expelling charge drives the
           powder expelling charge of the                                      firing pin into the primer M42,
           mine (fig. 45).                                                     causing the primer to ignite, The
     (2) MineMZ.      The blast    from the                                    ignition of the primer, in turn, ig-
         black powder expelling charge (fig.                                   nites the delay assembly. After-n

                                                                                                        EXTENSION               ROD
                                                                  STOP                      EXTENSION
                                                                    I\                     ROD ADAPTER                 I

         3/4   IN. THREAD.
                                                                                                                        ORD D57

                 Figure   48.   Fuze,   mine   antitank,   M607-before      installation      in mine      M&l.

         0.15-second time delay, the relay                                    ure assembly      prevents          act idental    movement
                                                                              of the firing    pin.
         assembly is detonated. The deto-
         nation of the relay assembly det-                                        Warning: Make sure that the cot-
         onates booster M120, which then                                     ter pin of the pull ring assembly
         detonates the high-e xp 1o s i v e                                  holds the stop and band securely
         charge (Comp H6). The detonation                                    in place under the pressure ring.
         of the high-explosive charge blows                              (2) Using the screwdriver     end of the
         the body of the mine apart and                                      arming wrench M26 (fig. 49) re-
         causes the steel plate to be pro-                                   move the closing plug assembly
         jected upward at a high velocity.                                   (fig. 45) from the bottom of the
   d. Laying and Arming.                                                     mine and remove any foreign ma-
      Warning: Only the disassembly and                                      terial found in booster cavity, In-
reassembly of components as authorized                                       sert the booster, either end first,
herein may be performed.        Unauthorized                                 into the booster cavity, then reas-
disassembly of ammunition in the field is                                    semble the closing plug securely,
dangerous and is prohibited except under                                     using the arming wrench.
a specific directive.                                                    (3) Using the shipping      plug end of
    (1) Remove mine and components from                                      arming wrench M26, remove the
         packing support and packing box                                     shipping plug assembly. Remove
         (fig. 50), and inspect for service-                                 any foreign material found in the
         ability. Unserviceable    items will                                fuze cavity.
         be replaced.                                                    (4) Using the closure assembly end
         Note. Check fuze closure  assembly     (fig.                        (fig. 52) of fuze wrench M26, re-
       46) to make sure that it is firmly    seated                          move closure assembly (fig. 49)
       against the fuze base. The fork of the clos-                          from the fuze and assemble fuze
                                                                                  Warning 1: The mine should not
                                                                              be armed until just before camou-
                                                                                  Warning 2: After arming, e ---
                                                                              tiise care not to tilt the extei
                                                                              rod or the pressure ring as the fuze
                                                                              may be initiated by a minimum
                                                                              force of 3.75 pounds on the end of
                                                                              the extension rod or a minimum
                                                                              tilt force of 45 pounds on the side
                                                                              of the pressure ring.
                                                                          (9) Camouflaging material around the
                                                                              extension rod should be placed in
                                                                              such a manner as not to interfere
                                                                              with its being tilted, thereby pre-
                                                                              venting the fuze from functioning.
 PLUG END                                               ORD 056          (10) Cover and camouflage the mine and
                                                                              fuze in accordance with instruc-
             Figure   49.   Wrench,    arming   M.96.
                                                                              tions contained in FM 20-32.
                                                                                 Note.   Avoid use of the extension  rod in
                                                                               open areas where it may be easily detected.

                                                                       e. Disarming and Removal.
         hand-tight into the threaded fuze                              Warning: If, dur ing disarming, it is
         hole (fig. 48) of the mine.                                 noted that either the extension rod or the
                                                                     pressure ring appear deformed or tilted,
     (5) Prepare a h<;le in the ground 10 to
         12 inches in diameter and 6 inches                          or the plastic collar is shattered or broken,
         deep.                                                       keep personnel away from the mine and
                 Note.    Make certain      that the bottom of       notify an explosives disposal officer im-
             the hole is firm and level so that the mine             mediately.
             will    lie squarely     on the ground.   When the
                                                                        Note.   Exercise    care during disarming     to pr
             extension     rod adapter and extension     rod are
                                                                     entr.y of dirt or other foreign   matter into   the fuz,   -L
             assembled       to the mine, the extension        rod
                                                                     mine openings.
             shos.2     be in a vertical    position (not tilted
             in any direction).                                           (1) Carefully inspect mine for booby-
      (6) Place the mine in the hole and press                                 trapping devices before attempting
          the dirt firmly around the mine up                                   to uncover the mine.
          to the level of the top of the fuze                             (2) Remove the camouflage material,
          body, taking care not to cover any                                   taking care not to disturb the ex-
          part of the band.                                                    tension rod or the pressure ring
              Warnin& Take care not to strike                                  until the band, the stop, and the
          the mine or fuze,                                                    pull-ring    assembly have been re-
      (7) Screw the extension rod into the                                     assembled to the fuze.
          extension rod adapter. Screw this                               (3) Carefully disarm the fuze by re-
          assembly, hand-tight, to the pres-                                    assembling the band, the stop, and
          sure ring of the fuze. If pressure                                   the pull-ring assembly to thefuze,
          ring is to be used as a pressure-                                     as shown in figure 50. Squeeze the
          firing device, retain extension rod                                   cotter pin ends together in order to
           and extension rod adapter for fu-                                    reinsert it easily. After inserting,
          ture use.                                                             spread the ends of the cotter pinto
      (8) Arm the mine by removing the pull                                     approximately 40 degrees.
          ring assembly, the band, and the                                 (4) Unscrew extension rod and exten-
           stop. Retain above items for future                                  sion rod adapter, taking care not
          use. Remove dirt from around the                                      to damage the rod or the adapter.
          plastic.                                                         (5) Remove the mine from the hole.

                                                                       mine, using the shipping plug end
                                                                        of the arming wrench.
                                                                   (8)  Unscrew the closingplug assembly
                                                                       from- the bottom of the mine, using
                                                                       the screwdriver end of the arming
                                                                   (9) Remove the booster; replace and
                                                                       secure the closing plug, using the
                                                                       screwdriver    end of arming wrench.
                                                                  (10) Repack the mine and its compo-
                                                                       nents in the packing support and
                                                                       the packing box (fig. 47).

                                                            34.    Mine, Antitank,     HE, Nonmetallic     (NM)
                                                                   Ml9 (T18E4)     with Fuze, Mine,      M6O6
                                                               a. General. Antitank mine Ml9 (fig. 51)
                                                            is intended for use against heavy tanks and
                                                            other types of heavy-tracked and wheeled
                                                            vehicles. Being of nearly all plastic con-
                                                            struction,     mine Ml9 is nondetectable by
                                                            magnetic mine detectors. The mine uses
                                                            fuze M606, which is a mechanical-pres-
                                                            sure type fuze. This fuze is also con-
                                                            structed of plastic material. The fuze M606
                                                            will function effectively at temperatures
                                                            between -40°F to 125°F.
                                                                b. Description.    The mine (fig. 51) is
                                                            box-shaped, 13.09 by 13.09 by2.95 inches,
                                                            and contains 21 pounds of Comp B. The
                                                            mine case is of olive drab plastic material
                                                            with both embossed and yellow markings.
                                                            It can easily be identified in the dark by
                                                            its box shape. The mine is packed withthe
                                                            primary fuze assembled but withthe deto-
                                                            nator removed.
                                                               c. Components.
                                                                 (1) The mine body holds the high-ex-
                                                                      plosive charge, the tetryl booster
                                                                      pellet, and the fuze. It has two
                                                                      activator wells, one located in the
Figure   50.   Disarming   antitank   mine   fuze   M607.
                                                                      side and the other in the bottom,
                                                                      which are threaded to receive ac-
                                                                      tivators if the mine is to be booby-
                                                                      trapped. As shipped in mines of
       The carrying strap maybe used for                              earlier manufacture the activator
       lifting the mine.                                              wells were closed with plugs and
   (6) Unscrew the fuze from the mine.                                gaskets; in those of more recent
       Screw on the closure assembly,                                 manufacture, the wells are closed
       using closure as s e mb 1y end of                              with strips of adhesive tape.
       arming wrench (fig. 50), to the base                       (2) The fuze body contains the pres-
       of the fuze.                                                   sure plate, belleville spring, set-
   (7) Replace and secure the shipping                                ting knob, step plate, firingpin as-
       plug assembly in the top of the                                sembly and detonator.


                                                                                     BELLEVILLE SPRING

                                                                                            PRESSURE PLATE

      HIGH EX;hF;h’;                                                       --------iOR                       WELL
                                                                    ‘DETONATOR       HOLDER ASSY
                                                               \ TETRYL BOOSTER PELLET
                                                                                                         ORD D583

                       Figure   61. Mine,   antitank,   NM, Ml9 and /me,   mine antitank,     M606.

     (3) The belleville spring supplies the                            (4) The setting knob is keyed with the
         power to snap the firingpin assem-                                step plate so that the step plate is
         bly into the detonator when the                                   rotated when the setting knob .js
         pressure plate is forced downward.                                turned.

  (5) The safety clip prevents the set-                                       (5) Insert fuze into mine and lay mine
      ting knob from moving.                                                      on a firm foundation in hole with a
d. Functionin&                                                                    45-degree side slope and of suffi-
  (1) When the setting knob on top of the                                         cient depth to cover the mine with
      setting plate (fig. 51), is in the safe                                     l-1/2 inches of dirt.
      position (S), the mine cannot func-                                     (6) Remove safety clip and turn setting
      tion by actio~~~~ ft,h e main fuze,                                         knob to armed position (A), using
                                                                                  arming wrench.
                                                                              (7) Cover with dirt and camouflage in
     of the step plate prevents depres-                                           accordance w it h FM 20-32, or
     sion of the pressure plate. Turning                                          plant in water as describedinpar-
     the setting knob to th arm dposi-                                            agraph 34 j below.
                              Jz&mG&& with
     tion (#JP6$+$g$s the                                                  f. Boobytrapping.      Boobytrapping of the
     the u            and rotates the step                              mine Ml9 required antitank mine activator
     plate to a position in whit h the                                  M2 (par. 35), a firing device of the pull or
     pressure plate can be depressed,                                   pull-release      type and a trip wire(s).
     permitting   functioning of the main                                     (1) Remove closure from one or both
     fuze. The mine is packed           and                                       activator well(s) 0
     shipped with a safety clip (fig. 29)                                     (2) Make certain that each activator
     in p 1 ac e to prevent accidental                                            well used is free of foreign mat-
     movement of the setting knob.                                                ter.
 (2) After the safety clip has been re-                                       (3) Remove activator p 1ug and its
     moved and the setting knob turned                                            gasket from head of activator M2
     to the armed position (A), a mini-                                           and screw the activator hand-tight
     mum force of 358 to 500 pounds on                                            into the activator well of the mine.
     the pressure plate depresses the                                         (4) Making sure that the small rubber
     belleville spring of the fuze.                                               gasket is in place inside the acti-
 (3) The belleville spring snaps into                                             vator, screw firing device hand-
     reverse, driving the firing pin into                                         tight into activator.
     the detonator and exploding it.                                          (5) Install t r ip wires, as required,
 (4) Explosion of the detonator initiates                                         fastening them to anchor posts first
     the booster pellet which, in turn,                                           and to the firing device last.
     explodes the main charge of the                                          (6) Arm the firing device by removing
     mine.                                                                        safety pins, always removing the
e. Laying and Arming.                                                              ‘positive” safety pin last.
 (1) Remove the fuze mine assembly                                            (7) Save and conceal all safety pins,
     from packing.      ’                                                         the activator plug and its gasket,
 (2) Remove the fuze from the mine,                                               and the activator well closure for
     using the armingwrench       M22 (non-                                       future use in disarming and re-
                           . -’                                                   moval .
            (3) Ch&     if in Safe (S) position and clip in
 \     place. Reject   defectives.
              (a) Remove shipping plug from fuze detc-
                                                                          g. Disarm@          and Removal (Neutraliz-
       nator hole. Visually check position of firing pin. If            if&.
       armed (firing pin ientered       in hole) reject-f&e.
       not armed (firing pin at edge of hole) continue to
                                                              If              (1) Carefully uncover the concealed
       next operation.
                                                                                   mine and examine the side and bot-
               (6) Remove Safety Clip.                                            tom wells for boobytrapping de-
               (c) Turn to Armed position (A) with M22                             vices (secondary        fuzes). Trip
       wrench. Do not use excessive force after striking
       stop. Force     used should just be enough            to
                                                                                   wires may have been installed that
       overcome     the friction    load that is felt during                      will initiate a secondary fuze by
 (     turning from S to A.
 \             (d) Visually    check position of firing pin. If
                                                                                   either pull or release.
       not armed (firing pm areuge OflioIe) reJect fuze. If
                                                                  the         (2) Never cut taut wires, but cut all
       armed (*lnng Pm centered m hole) continue             to nbly               slack trip wires.
       next operation.
                                                                 and                  WYni@ I: If taut wires are en-
              (e) Turn to Safe (S) position         with M22
      wench. Obse&          same precautions  with regard to                       countered when attempting to neu-
      excessive force after striking stop as indicated in
      (c) above.
               (J1 Visually   check position of firing pin. If
      still in armed position (firing pin centered in hole)
      reject fuze. If not armed (firing pin at edge of hole)
       continue with next operations.
                (g) Replace safety clip.
            Purpose of inspection is to detect broken
            stoo lup that actuates     the firing   pin

                                                               :E M60f

                                                      FUZE WELL

                                          MINE,     AT, NM, Ml9 /

     Figure   6f?.   Placement       of detonator     holder    assembly   into   fuze   M606   and   of    fuze M606 into   mine   MI,

         traiize the mine, do not cut the                                         (4) Unscrew              firing   device from           acti-
         wires under any circumstances.                                               vator.
          The best procedure is to attach a                                       (5) Unscrew              activator.    Replace p 1u g
         long rope or wire tothe mine with-                                              and rubber           gasket    in head of a&i-
         out diatrubing the taut trip wire,                                           Vator. Replace the closure for the
         then, from an unmined protected                                              activator well.
         poWion,     remove       the mine by                                     (6) Turn the setting knob to the SAFE
         pulling the r ops or wire. If this                                           position.
         method is not practicable, the mat-                                        (‘7) Remove the mine fuze, grasping the fuzz
         ter rshould be referred to specially                                pressure plate with the fingers. The fuze should
         trained peraronnel.                                                 come out easily. Remove detonator holder an?
            Wring    2: When removing the                                    inspect to assure that firing pin is in the unarmea
         mine with a long rope or wire, use                                  position (firing pin at edge of hole). Reject fuze ij
         extreme caution, because the mine                                   firing pin is still in the armed position (firing pir
         may detonate.                                                        centered in hole). Assemble shipping plug to fuze
     (3) Replace all safety pins in the firing                                if available, or tape over hole.
         devices, always replacing the posi-                                         (8) Remove the trip wire and replace plug(s) ir
         tive safety pm first. Refer to TM                                    activator well (s), if available, or tape over hole (s)
         g-1375-200 for instructions       per-                                      (9) Restore the mine and fuze to its origina
         taining to the particular   firing de-                                configuration     and packing. The mine may be laic
         vice involved.                                                        and removed any number            of times provide<
                                                                               neither fuzes nor mines show evidence of $           T(
74                                                                             or deterioration.
inches deep, the mine will completelyim-                             on land in immobilizing trackedor
mobilize light and heavy tanks by track                              wheeled vehicles, because water
damage and will immobilize trucks of the                             tends to amplify the shock waves. .-
2-l/2 ton size.                                                      Vehicles which strike mines em
  i. Sympathefic Detonation.                                         planted in water not only have their
     (1) When buried l-1/2 inches deep,                              tracks or wheels destroyed as is
         sympathetic de onation will occur                           the case when striking          mines
         when mines ar’ tJ H&feet apart.                             buried in the ground, but also have
     (2) When buried 2-inches deep, sym-                             their support members destroyed
         pathetic detonation will occur when                         as well. S ma1 1 e r vehicles are
         mines are 15 feet apart.       aL clucav~@b,        I
                                                                     flipped over on their backs andal-
     (3) When laid on top of ground, sym-                            m o s t completely destroyed. Be-
         pathetic detonation will occur when                         cause of this ability of water to am-
         mines are 25 feet apart.                                    plify and transmit shock waves to
     (4) Satisfactory reliability of actuation                       a much greater degree than does
         and elimination of sympathetic det-                         land, mines equipped with pres-
         onation is obtained when mines are                          sure-actuated fukes are subject to
         buried under l-1/2 inches of dirt                           sympathetic detonation at greater
         cover, with 45-degree side slope                            distance than is the case on land.
         of holes, and six yards center-to-                          To avoid sympathetic detonation,
         center distance between adjacent                            mines Ml9 with fuzes M606 planted
         mines.                                                      in water must be at least 14 feet
   j. Amphibious Use.                                                apart       in two-foot water and at
     (1) General. Mine M19’is two tothree                            least 24 feet in five-foot water
         times as effective in water as it is                         (fig. 53).

     0                  1               2                3                 4                  5                   6
                                              DEPTH OF WATER     (FEET).                                   ORD D590

         Figure   63.   Emplacement   of mine Ml9 in water so as to preeent    sympathetic   detonation.

     (2) Equipmd.        (fig. 52).                                      areas where gravel, rock, stumps,
       (a) Outrigger. The materials needed                               and the like exceed mine size. Lf
             to construct and use the field-                             such areas are used, so prep- -
             improvised      outrigger   are: two                        the-- field that the mines and t.
             green limbs three feet long and                             fuzes will be exposed to the wheeru
             1 inch or less in diameter,                                 or tracks of passing vehicles. Since
             (barbed-wire       stakes, signposts,                       sand in inland waters         is con-
             fence rails, or similar         items                       tinuously moving downstream, it
             having the proper dimensions                                may be difficult to locate and re-
             may be used, but green limbs are                            move mines planted on or down-
             recommended because they are                                 stream from sandbars. Be sure to
             stronger and less likely to float                           indi c ate such locations on the
             than are those which are dried-                             minefield plan. Armored vehicles
             out or dead), and two pieces of                             are most likely to enter and exit
             3-foot clothesline, twine, or sim-                          from streams at points where the
             ilar material.                                              incline is 60-degrees or less. Af-
        (II] Two lensatic compasses mounted                               ter entering the stream, they often
             upon individual plane tables.                               travel up- or downstream for a
        (c) One 6-foot         rod marked off in                          distance before leaving it. The trail
             one-foot increments and, prefer-                             most like 1 y to be followed by
             ably, in alternate colors.                                   vehicles fording the stream canbe
        (d) Two lOO-foot lengths of clothes-                              predicted if careful examination is
             line, rope, twine, or similar ma-                            made of the natural formation along
             terial,    ma,r ke d off in l-foot                           river banks and the location of un-
             intervals.                                                   derwater obstacles if found.
     (3) Use of stream characteristcs.                               (4:) Emplacement of mine Ml9 in wa-
            Note.    Before    beginning     actual    emplanta-          ter.
         tion,    prepare    a “Minefield      Plan”      showing          Note 1. Check the minefield                    plan to +
         essential      features      of the terrain,     such as       sure that all in form at i o n determinf
         those described         below.    Use this plan as a           procedure     outlined     above has been corrt
         guide in choosing          the minefield     site .and to      entered,     non-fordable          are as crossed-b.-,
         record the location          of emplanted      mines.          and all minefieldreferencepointsrecorded.
         Choose the area to be mined so as                                 Note 2. If mines are to be planted                    along
                                                                        its banks      as well as in the stream,                 plans
         to take the greatest advantage of                              should    be similar,        differing       principally       in
         the characteristics    of the stream                           that water-implanted            mines must be further
         and adjacent area. Water depth                                 apart than are land-implanted                  ones, to min-
                                                                        imize sympathetic           detonation         (par. j( 1)).
         within the minefield should not ex-                                Note 3. Preparation             for firing(except        for
         ceed 3-l/2 feet, since deeper water                            arming)    of mines and fuzes which are to be
         is difficult  to work in and since                             planted     in water      should        be done on land,
                                                                        as near to the intended               minefield       as prac-
         fuzes activated by direct contact                              ticable.
         are u s u a 11 y ineffective against                               Note 4. Coat all fuze threads                   and wells
         floating vehicles in water deeper                               with awaterproof        lubricant,        aheavy      grease,
                                                                        or s 0 m e similar         preparation,          to minimize
         than four feet. Because of diffi-                               chances     of water leaking           into the mine and
         culty in maintaining footage and                                to ease fuze installation.
         balance in faster water, current                                  Caution 1: When planting mines
          velocity should not exceed three                               in streams and rivers, menshould
          knots. Should the site chosen con-                             always work in pairs.
          tain a mud bottom, the mud depth                                  Caution 2: When working in wa-
          should not be greater than          18                         ter, watch for sudden drops in the
          inches, and there should be a hard                             level of the bed.
          base underneath, since the enemy                             (a) Remove the mine and the fuze
          is unlikely to c ho o s e a fording-                              from their shipping container and
          point in which his vehicles are                                   set the fuze aside, upsidedown.
          likely to become mired.         Avoid                               Caution: Check to assure saf+

    100   FT ,ROPE W        12 IN   MAfi<S   7

                                                    PLANE TABLE

                        .                    3 FT   LONG   LIMBS   OR STICKS

               Figure        54. Equipment       for amphibious     emplacement   of mine M19.

     clip is attached to the s et t i n g                                    is unavailable, be sure that the
    Imob. B the setting knob is not in                                       substitute t 0 0 1 is nonmagnetic
     the “S” position, rotate it into                                        and nonsparking.
    that position. Should the safety                                    (d” Spread a waterproof lubricant or
     clip be missing, replace it be-                                         a heavy grease on the fuze seal-
     fore handling fuze.                                                     ing gasket. Thread the fuze in the
(b) Using the arming wrench M22                                              mine fuze well, using the wrench
    provided, remove the white plas-                                         provided.
    tic shipping plug from the bottom                                    (e) To prepare the outrigger (par.
     of the fuze M606.                                                        j(2) and fig. 54) fasten two 3-
(c) Assemble     the detonator holder                                        foot green limbs to the underside
    assembly containing the deto-                                            of the mine and secure with two
    nator M50 to the fuze. Thread the                                        3-foot lengths of rope, as shown
    assembly into the well until it is                                       in figure 55.
    hand-tight,    t h e n complete the                                   (4 With the fuze in a horizontal po-
    tightening by using the arming                                           sition, carry the mine to its em-
    wrench M22 (fig. 52).                                                    placement position.
       Caufion: If arming wrench M22                                            Wring:    Do not arm the fuze
                                                                                                                           ORD   D586

                               Figure   65.   Attachment        of mine   Ml9   to field   outrigger.

           until the mink is emplaced, and                                           by  other means. Accurate rec-
           approach the. emplacement posi-                                           ords of amphibious mine em-
           tion from the downstream side.                                            placement positions ~5~1be ob-
              Note.   To prevent     dragging     the outrig-                        tained using one of the fdlOWing-
           ger or contacting     objects     in the stream,                          methods: triangulation,  rope, @
           carry the mine by grasping         its sides, not                         grid.
           by its carrying   handle.
                                                                                         Note.  Scattered       mine   s, laid without
     (5) Plottin&   recordi@     and report@                                         any basic pattern,         add to casualties   and
         mine emplacement.                                                           to problems       in breaching    or clearing   the
       (a) Emplacements       s h ou 1d be re-                                       mine fields.     Indiscriminate     mining should
                                                                                     therefore    be used only when the tactical
           corded and reported as directed                                            situation   makes the need for removalex-
           by FM 5-31, FM 30-21, and FM                                               tremely   unlikely.
           37-10. The mine laying proce-                                           (b) Triangulation method.
           dures presented          in FM 20-                                         Location of mines through the
           32 should be followed whenplant-                                           use of Wiangulationf~    may be
           ing mines in inland waters,                                                accomplished using plane tables
           except t h at additional distance                                          and compasses (fig. 56).
           between mine s is required to
                                                                                        Note.    When the mines are placed in the
           preclude sympathetic fuze initi-                                         *water,   it is essential    that     they be cor-
           ation     (par. j(1) and fig. 53).                                        rectly   emplaced      and positioned       to pre-
           Mines planted in inland waters                                            clude any movement        which would        invali-
                                                                                     date the recordings        made at the time of
           are difficult    to remove or re-                                         the mine emplacement,          and to eliminate
           cover by conventional       me an s                                       the possibility    of sympathetic       fuze initi-
           available to field per s onne 1.                                          ation.
            Therefare,    it is recommended                                         2. Survey the stream or river to
           that amphibious m in es be re-                                              determine characteristics    of its
           moved only be explosive breach-                                             current velocities,    depth, and
           ing unless the tactical situation                                           bottom characteristics    (par. 34
           dictates that these mines be re-                                            j(3)).
            covered f 0 r reuse or removed                                          2. Set up the two plane tables      Or --
  the same side of the stream,                             cordance with paragraph 34j(l)
  about 5 feet from the edge of the                        and figure 53.
  stream and from 20 to 40 yards                              Caufion; Do not try to gauge
  from each other. The tables are                          distances or the positions of --
  located, and leveled, and the                            mines already laid through the
  compasses placed in position.                            use of land marks, which can
    Note.   Plotting    points   can also bees-            be deceiving. One man should
  tablished    across    the stream if desired.            stand at the position where a
3. Open the cover of the lensatic                          mine has been planted until the
   compass and set the compass                             second man has paced off the
   on top of the table inside of the                       required distance to the next
   inscribed circle in the center of                       position. The second man should
   the board to so orient the com-                         remain in the new location while
   pass that the arrow points to the                       the first man goes ashore and
   north.                                                  returns with a mine for planting.
       Caution: Al 1 ow no metallic                           Note.    Determine      placement     of addi-
   objects, such as canteens and                           tional    mines within      the first two plot-
   rifles, near the compass.                               ting points         in accordance           with
                                                           information      in paragraph    34j( 1) and the
4. Establish a base line by sighting                       distance     between    the plotting    points.
   in each lensatic compass onthe
   opposite plotting point. Record                    10. Remove the safety clip from the
   on the minefield record the dif-                       setting knob, and, using arming
   ference     (in degrees) between                       wrench M22, arm the fuze of the
   north and the opposite plotting                        first mine.
   point.               l                                    Caution: Always arm the fuse
5. Use a six-foot rod to measure                          from the downstream side of
   the stream depth to mark the                           the mine.
   point where the first mine is to                   II. Remove the plane tables when
   be planted. Sight-inboth lensatic                      all of the mines are planted in
    compasses on man holding a 5                          the area covered by the two plot
   to g-foot rod.                                         ting points. To ensure that the
6. Have a second man bring the                            exact positions for these points
    mine with outrigger attached to                       will be found when recovering
    the emplacment position while                         the mines, it is necessary to
    the sighting is being made.                           drive stakes into the ground, or,
7. Once the sightings arefinished,                        mark in some other suitable
   place the mine on the stream                           manner the exact points where
    bottom.                                               plotting points No. 1 and No. 2,
       Warnin,& Do not arm thefuze                        etc., were located duringplant-
    at this time.                                         ing. A permanent physical land-
      Note.  Have the man who brought         the         mark should always be used to
   mine from shore remain      at the first   em-         mark the upstream end of the
   placement    position or location.
                                                          mine field plotting point No. 1.
8. Record the water depth, the type                           Note,     For ease in interpreting              plot-
   of mine, the type of fuze used,                         ting records      used to locate        mines to be
                                                           removed,      number     plotting     points        con-
   the location of antipersonnel                           secutively,     in a downstream           direction.
   devices nearby, boobytrapping                           Thus,     in a four-mine        minefield,        point
   employed, and the variation in                          one is furthest      upstream      and point four
                                                           furthest    downstream.
   degrees between the base line
    and the planting site.                          (c) Rope method             (fig. 56).
9. To a v o i d sympathetic detona-                        Note.  When the mines           are placed    in wa-
   tion, plot the position for and                      ter, it is essential    that       they be correctly
   plant remaining     mines in ac-                     emplaced    and positioned           to preclude    any
     movement     which   would       invalidate the re-         description     of any boobytrap-
     cordings    made at the time of emplacement,                ping employed.
     and to eliminate          the possibility        of
     sympathetic     fuze initiation.                              Warning: Do not arm the fuze
                                                                 at. .this time.
     1. Survey the stream or river to                               Note.  Have the person who plant&
          determine the general charac-                          the mine remain with it until it is armed.
         teristics   of its current veloc-                    8. Select the second emplantation
          ities, depth, ,and bottom charac-                      point so that its position relative
         teristics (paragraph 34j (3)).                          to the first such point is in
     2. Select two trees on the side of                           ac c or d with the instructions
         the stream, about 5 feet from                           contained in paragraph 34j(l),
        its edge, and from 20 to 75                               and illustrated    by figure 53.
         feet apart. If trees are not avail-                      Move the six-foot rod with rope
         able, drive sticks or limbs into                         attached, to the newposition and
         the ground.                                             retie the ropes so that the rope
     3. Tie one end of one of the two                            between        the two trees (or
         lOO-foot lengths of rope (par.                          stakes) is perpendicular      to the
         34j(2)), to one of the two trees,                       one affixed to the six-foot rod.
         at a point 2 to 3 feet above                        9. Arm the firsf mine by remov-
         ground level and, pulling the                           ing the setting knob safety clip
         rope taut, tie the other end to                          and, using the arming wrench
         the second, at a point 2 to 3                            M22, turning the knob to the “A”
         feet above ground level.                                position.
     4. Select an emplantation point for                             Caution: Always arm a mine
        the first mine which, as nearly                          from the downstream side.
         as conditions permit, is in line                   10. Repeat steps 1 through 9 above
        with the upstream tree or stake.                         for each mine until the down-
        Drive the six-foot rod (par.                             stream limit of the minefield-
         34j(2)), into the stream bed at                         is reached.
        this point.                                        (d) Grid method.
     5. Tie one end of the remaining                         (fig. 57).
         lOO-foot rope to the six-foot                         Note.  The grid method     of locating      and
        rod at a point approximately 2                      recording  amphibious   mine emplacement          is
        feet above the surface of the                       recommended     for use where both banks of
                                                            a stream are accessible    to friendly    troops.
        water. Tie the other end of this
        rope to the one stretched be-                        2. Determine and record the char-
        tween the two trees (or stakes),                        acteristics   of the stream and
        SO that the two ropes are per-                          adjacent territory     as directed
        pendicular to each other.                               in paragraph 34j (3).
     6. Record on the minefield plan the                     2. Tie one end of a rope to an
        distance from the point of inter-                       object such as a tree, post or
        section of the two ropes to the                         driven stake located at the high-
        upstream tree, and f r om the                           water line on one side of the
        same intersection        to the six-                    stream, and, pulling the rope
        foot rod.                                               taut, tie the other end to asim-
     7, Place a mine with attachedout-                          ilar object at the high-water line
        rigger (par. 34j(4) and fig. 55),                       on the opposite bank. Recordon
        at the point where the six-foot                         the minefield plan the length of
        rod is driven into the stream                           that portion of the rope which
        bed. Record the stream depth                            is between the two high-water
        at this point, type of mine and                         lines.
        fuse used, location of anynear-                             Note. Should  the distance         between
        by antipersonnel devices, and a                          these two points     be greater       than 80

        feet, use both 100-foot     lengths    of rope,       8. Repeat steps 1 through 8 until
        and s h o u 1 d it become       necessary     to          width of s t r e am has been
        affix  the rope to trees or other objects
        wh i c h are on the    inland-side       of the           covered.
        high-water    1 in e, designate      the high-        9. Move the rope to the next do -
        water line by tying a marker to the rope                 *&ream position      and re,
        above that point.
                                                                  steps 1 through 9, then repeat
     3. Select the spot where the first                           steps 1 through 10 until down-
        mine is to be planted and mark                            stream end of the minefield has
        it by driving the six-foot rod                            been reached.
        into the stream bed at that point.                        Note. Retain rope, with markers attached,
        Carry the mine-and-outrigger                           as an aid in removal     of minefield, should
        assembly, holding it by placing                        this become desirable.
        one hand on either side (never
        by its handle) and in a horizontal                 (6) Removal ofamphibious minefields.
                                                                  Warning: Removal of water-em-
        position, to the emplantation                          planted mines by methods other
        point and carefully place it on                        than explosive breaching (TM 9-
        the stream bed.                                        1375-200), is extremely hazardous
           Warnings Do not arm the mine                        and is not recommended.         If the
        at this time.                                          situation demands such removal,
     4. Mark the spot where the mine                           proceed with utmost caution.
        is planted by tying a rag or other
                                                               Minefields planted in accordance
        object to the overhead rope at
                                                               with (1) through (5) above can, if
        that point. Record on the mine-
                                                               the minefield plan is available, be
        field plan such data as: nature
        and purpose of the marker, dis-                        removed by reversal of theproce-
                                                               dure by which it was laid. For
        tance of the marker from the
                                                               minefields established by the grid
        nearest tree (or other object)
                                                               method it is necessary to use the
        to which the rope is tied, and
                                                               same rope (with m a r ke;r s at-
        other information which might
                                                               tached), as was used to plant
        aid in relocating the mine.                            field; for those planted by ei,
           Note. Have the person who brought it
        from the shore r e main    with the first
                                                               the rope       or the triangulation
        mine u n t i 1 the second is planted  and              method, duplications of the original
        marked.                                                equipment may be used to remove
     5. Record on the minefield plan                           the mines. To remove mines lain
        the water depth at point of em-                        in accordance with the rope or grid
        plantation, type of mine and fuze                      method, consult the minefield plan
        used, location of any n e arb y                        and set up ropes in same location
        antipersonnel mines, and infor-                        and manner as when field was
        mation on any boobytrapping                            planted. For those laid by the tri-
        used.                                                  angulation method, set up and level
     6. To av o id sympathetic detona-                         the plane tables and lensatic com-
        tion, locate second and all sub-                       passes in the exact spots they oc-
        sequently planted mines in ac-                         cupied during emplantation,        and
        cordance with paragraph 34j(l)                         proceed as follows:
        and figure 53.                                       (a) Place the compass inside the
     7. Mark the location of the second                           circle inscribed on the tabletop,
        mine by tying an identifying                              open its cover, and orient it by
        object to the rope, record rel-                           turning it until the arrow points
        evant data, and then arm the                              north.
        first mine.                                          (b) Sight-in on the water at the angle
           Caution: Always arm fuzes of                           indicated on the minefield plan
        water-emplanted     mines from                            for the last-planted    mine. The
        the downstream side.                                      two sightings     (one from each
                    Figure   57.   Grid   method   of minefield   emplacement.

       compass),    cross at the point                               remove the last-planted      mine
      where the mine was planted.                                    first, and then work upstream
 (C) Have the two-man recovery team                                 until the upper limit of the field
       proceed slowly and carefully to                              has been reached. Always ap-
       a point two yards below (down-                               proach and work from the down-
       stream) the point where the two                              stream side of the mine.
       sightings cross and carefully feel                               Warning 2: Where the current
       for the mine. (For probing in-                               speed is in excess of three miles
       structions, see FM 20-32.)                                   per hour, recovery should be
                                                                    attempted only if absolutely nec-
(o’) Remove foreign material from                                   essary.
      its top and, using armingwrench                                   Warning 3: Mines may have
      M22, disarm the mine byturning                                drifted slightly in a downstream
      the fuze-setting   knob to the IBfV                           direction,   and/or contain anti-
     position.                                                      personnel devices (booby traps
(e) Take the mine ashore and repeat                                 or adjacent antipersonnel mines),
     the above procedure       until the                            installed at the time of planting
     field has been cleared.                                        (these will show on the minefield
         Warning 1: In recovering                                   plan), or have been added later.
     mines from water, enter the                                        Warning 4: Where evidence is
     stream at a point two to three                                 found which indicates that the
     feet downstream from the point                                 fuze is deformed or that the mine
     indicated by the minefield plan                                is otherwise damaged, vacate the
     as the lower limit of the field,                               area and notify EOD personnel.

35.     Activator, Antitank                Mine: Ml                                   not fit the secondary fuze well of
        and M2 (T3El)                                                                  antitank practice mine Ml2 (par.
                                                                                       38), and that practice activate-“‘”
    a. General. These activators are es-                                              -(par. 40) will not fit the ani
sentially detonator-boosters.     They maybe                                           mine M15.
used with any one of several kinds of                                             (2) Activator M2. This activator (fig.
firing devices (usually the pull-type or                                               60) is similar to activator Ml ((1)
pull-release-type),     to supply an antitank                                          above), e xc e p t that its overall
mine with a secondary fuze for antilift or                                             length is 1.9-inches and it is made
boobytrapping purposes. Activator Ml is                                                from olive drab plastic.
used with antitank mine Ml5 (par. 31), and                                     c. Precautions Against Activator Mis-
activator     M2 is used with nonmetallic                                   fires. Activator misfires resulting from
antitank mine Ml9 (par. 34). The activator                                  failure of the detonator or the booster to
performs      the function of an adapter for                                fire may be due to cap-sealing compound
the firing device to the mine. One end                                      in the flash hole of the firing device. The
of the activator      is threaded externally                                detonator may fail to ignite if an appreci-
for insertion in the secondary fuze well                                    able amount of the wax-like compound is
of the mine, the other end is threaded                                      deposited on top of detonator. Therefore,
internally     to receive the primed base                                   for proper functioning of activator Ml,
coupling of the firing device.                                              when used with a firing device, the follow-
    b. Description.                                                         ing precautions must be observed:
      (1) Activator Ml. This activator (fig.
          58) is 2.1-inches long, is made of                                     (1) After removing the plugandgasket
          a black (newer type, olive drab)                                            from the activator,     examine the
          plastic materrial and has a threaded                                        cavity in body of the activator to
          closing plug and gasket. It contains                                        be sure that it is free of foreign
          a detonator and has a cylindrical,                                          matter.
          unthreaded cup which is cemented
          to the opposite end of the body,
          and c on t ains a tetryl booster
          charge. The thread, which screws
          into the mine, is 3/4-inchindiam-
          eter. Note that activator Ml will                                               ~2 19---@
        -               2.1
                                             O&525-THREAD  FOR
            TETRYL CUP---I                   STANDARD FIRING DEVICES

         0.75~IN THREAD FOR
       SECONDARY FUZE WELL                       GA;\KET

                 :\           ‘”

      TETRYL BOOSTER                   1.. _ :. L ._ ‘.C.
                                I                                                                                     RAP0    131066
                                     PLASTIC BODY            RAPD 116939A
                                                                                 Figure   59.    Metal   ammunition          container
        Figure        58.     Activator,    antitank       mine,   Ml.                          for activator   Ml.

                                    BOOBY TRAPPING
                                                  FOR             (2) The activator should be screwed
                                     FIRING DEVICES                   hand-tight into the secondary fuze -
                                                                  (3) After -Pemoving the protective CL
                                                                      from the nipple on the base coupling
                                                                       of the firing device, examine the
                                                                      tip, and, especially the flash hole
                                                                       in the tip, to be sure they are free
                                                                      of cap-sealing compound or other
                                                                      foreign matter.
                   FUZE WELL
                                      GASKET            t
                                                                  (4) The firing       device should       be
                                                                      screwed hand-tight into the activa-
                                                                      tor, Arm the firing device in ac-
                                                                      cordance with method prescribed
                                                                      for its particular     type (see para-
                                                                      graph 42 and TM g-1375-200).

    Figure   60.    Activator,      antitank   mine,    MB.

                                 Section II. PRACTICE ANTITANK MINES AND FUZES

36. General
                                                                       properly color-coded and marke
   a The all practice antitank mines and                               and that service, practice,        a
fuzes are of the same size, shape, weight,                             inert mines are kept segregatea
and casing material as the service mines                               from each other.
and fuzes they simulate. These practice                            (2) Although inert mines do not of
mines contain no high explosive, but they                              themselves require special safety
do contain small smoke-puff and noise-                                 precaution, safety r e g u 1 at i 0 n s
making charges of low explosive (black                                 governing the use of service mines
powder or pyrotechnic       composition),  to                          should nonetheless be o b s e r v e d
simulate the explosion of a service mine.                              when using inert mines to estab-
 These practice mines are used for training                            lish and maintain habits necessary
 in identification,  care, handling, and use                           to the safe handling of explosives.
 of antitank service mines.
                                                                          Note.  Tanks   unaccompanied         by ground
   b. The inert antitank mines and fuzes                               troops need observe      no special    safetypre-
have metal or plastic parts, identical to                              cautions  when negotiating      minefields       con-
those of service mines and fuzes. The                                  taining  only prac    tic e or inert       antitank
 inert mines are filled with nonexplosive
 material     such as sand, or they may be                         (3) All regulations found in this man-
 left empty. The inert mines and fuzes                                 ual, or in AR 385-65, which apply
 contain no explosive of any kind and are                              to service or practice mines, Will
used only in practice and training in han-                             be observed when using practice
 dling mines.                                                          antitank mines.
    c. Safety precautions governing the use                      d. Data relating     to various   antitank
 of practice and inert mines include:                          mines appear in table IV and paragraphs
      (1) Make sure that all m i n e s are                     37 through 40.

                        Table   ZV.   Practice     Antitank          Mines,     Fuzes,   and Components

                                                 Practice Antitank Mines

                                                  Packing      description
                                                                                          I   .Weight 88
                                                                                                           I   Shipping

                                                                                                                          case dimensions
 empty w/inert fuze M600 and
 inert activator Ml.
MINE, ANTITANK: light M7                                                                                        18-3/4             10-l/2   7-l/4
 empty (w/o fuze).
MINE, ANTITANK: light M7          Packed lZ/mtl             bx-------------                     65.0            18-3/4             10-l/2   7-l/4
 empty (w/o fuze).                                                                        I
MINE, ANTITANK: light M7Al        Packed 8 mine (w/8 fuze packed l/                             50.0            19-l/8             11       8-l/8
 empty and fuze, mine, AT,         can M182, 4 can/&n, 2 ctn) (8
 chemical, M600 or M601            fuze)/mtl bx M156.
MINE, ANTITANK: light M7A2        Packed lO/mtl bx M156-----------                                              19-l/8             11       8-l/8
 empty and fuze mine, AT          Packed 12 mine (w/l2 fuze in indiv                                            23-3/8             ll-3/4   9-l/2
 M603 inert.                        mtl cntr/wdn bx.
MINE, ANTITANK: heavy M6          pa&d    2/w& km- _____-_________                              57.0            17-5/8             16-3/4   8-3/4
 inert (w/o fuze and activa-
MINE, ANTITANK: light M7          Packed 8 mine (w/8 fuze packed l/                              50.0           19-l/8             11       8-l/8
 inert w/fuze, mine, AT,           can Ml82, 4 can/&n, 2 ctn) (8
 chemical, M600 or M601 in-        fuze)/mtl bx M156.
 ert.                       .
MINE, ANTITANK: light M7A2        Packed lO/mtl bx Ml56-----------                               58.0           19-l/8             11       8-l/8
 inert loaded, w/fuze, mine,
 AT M603 inert.
MINE, ANTITANK: NM. M19,          Packed 2 mine (w/2 fuze M606, 1                               75.0            16-l/4             10-5/a   16       -
 inert loaded (w/fuze, M606,        wrench M22 and 2 detonator assy/
 inert).                            crdbd cntr, over-packed in barrier
                                    material bag and 2 activator in
                                    indiv mtl cntr)/wdn bx.
MINE, ANTITANK, PRACTICE.         Packed l/mtl cr M153Al ---------                              18.5            14                 13-3/4   4-l/8
 heavy Ml2 or MlZAl (w/o          pack& w/tin bx _--- -__--_-_ --__                             38.8            17-l/2             16       g-3/4
 fuze) .
MINE, ANTITANK, PRACTICE:         Packed 3 mine w/arming                      wrench;/          50.4            16-3/4             14-7/8   17-l/2
 heavy M20 (T38).                  wdn bx.
MINE, ANTITANK, PRACTICE:         Packed lZ/mtl bx M156----------                               70.3            19-l/8             11       8-l/8
 light Ml0 (w/o fuze).            pa&d 12/dn bx _--_ -----------_                               76.0            18-5/B             14-7/8   9-l/2
                                           Practice Antitank Mine Fuzee
FUZE, MINE: AT, practice           fuze)/wdn
                                  Packed l/mtl bx.
                                                 cntr, 180 cntr (180                      1 77.4           j 16-l/2            114-7/8 j 12-7/8
                                      Practice Antitank Mine Components

ACTIVATOR, ANTITANK               Packed l/mtl cntr, 100 cntr (100                               38.5           25-3/4             7-l/8    13-l/2
 MINE: practice Ml.                activator)/wdn bx.
                                  Packed l/mtl cntr, 180 cntr (180                               54.5           16-3/8             16-3/4   14-3/4
                                   a.ctivator)/wdn bx.                                                                         I
COVER, ANTITANK MINE:             Packed 50/b&l, 40 bndl (2,000                                  92.0           35             ! 27         10
 for mine, HE, M7A2 and            cover)/wrbnd bale.
 mine, practice Ml0 and M-

37.   Heavy Practice    Antitank   Mines                        (boobytrapping) fuzes are used, the
                                                                detonator and smoke charges in
   a. General. Although there are onlytwo
                                                                practice       activator Ml, and the-
standard heavy service antitank mines
                                                                primer. in the firing device whit’
listed in table III, there are several types
                                                                is fitted to the practice activator,
of heavy practice antitank mines listed in
                                                                this mine is inert. The mine is
table IV. Some of these are inert or empty
                                                                shipped empty and is to be loaded
practice models of a service mine which
                                                                with sand (11-l/8-pounds           (ap-
is now obsolete, however, they may be
                                                                prox.)) in the field. When so loaded,
used in some phases of trainingpersonnel
                                                                its weight will be approximately
in the care, handling and use of heavy
                                                                that of the now obsolete M6 series
service antitankmines. The heavypractice                        high-explosive mine which it simu-
antitank mines available are described in
                                                                lates (see b above). The mine is so
b through d below.
                                                                laid that the weight of an inter-
   b. Mine, Antitank, Heavy, M6 EmpQ or                         mediate or heavy tank passing over
Inerf. This mine (fig. 55), is available                        it causes the main fuzetofunction.
either empty or inert-loaded and with or
without the inert fuze M603, and activator                 (2) Description of mine.
                                                                Model number - M12.
Ml, practice or inert (par. 40). This mine                      Weight, sand-loaded - 20 pounds.
is made from metal parts identical to those                     Weight of smoke charge -none.
of obsolete service mine M6. The mine M6                        Dimensions -height, 3-l/2 inches;
is similar in appearance, use and function-                        diameter, 13-l/4 inches.
ing to mine Ml5 (par. 31). The principal                         Material - steel.
difference      is that the M6 is only 3-3/8                     Fuze well-main         fuze well is in
inches high (thick) where as the Ml5 is                            center of mine underneath arm-
4-7/8 inches high. The inert fuze M603
is made from metal parts identical to those                        % Plug*
                                                                Arming mechanism - arming plug
of service fuze M603 (par. 32). The mine                           M4 is in place over main fuze
is used for training in laying and arming,                         well, as shipped. This plug (fig
boobytrapping (using a firing device with-                         38), has a. steel shutter whia
out primer), and disarming and removing                            moves from a side position to a
(neutralizing).     In such training, exactly the                  center position as the setting
same procedure and observance of safety                            knob is moved from “SAFE I1
precautions       will be followed as in per-                      through “DANGER” to “ARMED”
forming those operations with their serv-                          position.
ice counterparts,            which contain high
                                                           (3) Functioning.
explosive. For instruction in those opera-                    (a) A minimum force of 565 & 174
tions, refer to paragraph 34. Inert mines                          pounds depresses the pressure
are painted black with marking in white.                           plate and the belleville spring of
   Note. If this mine is requisitioned     packedwithout           the fuze.
fuze and without    activator,   an inert fuze M603 an d      (b) Depression of the mine pressure
an inert activator   Ml must also be requisitioned.
                                                                   plate andbelleville spring causes
  c. Mine, Antitank, Practice, Heavy Ml2                           depression of the arming plug
or MUAl     and Fuze, Mine, AT, Practice,                          shutter (armed position).        De-
M604.                                                              pression of the shutter in turn
    (1) General. This practice mine (figs.                         depresses the pressure         plate
        62 and 63) is used for training                            and belleville spring of the fuze.
        personnel in the precautions and                      (c) Belleville     spring of the fuze
        proper method to be observed in                            snaps into reverse, driving the
        the care, handling, and laying of                          firing pin into the charge of the
        high-explosive heavy service anti-                         fuze.
        tank mine Ml5 (par. 31). Except                       (d) The igniter charge of the fuze
        for the smoke charge contained in                          ignites the smoke composition
        the main fuze, and, when secondary                          of the fuze.
                                                                                                        ARM’NP     PLUG   SECONDARY       FUZE

         1-‘2-“2 ‘“7 ARMING

              FILLING PLUG
                                    PLUG IN (SAFE POSITION)

              (PRESSED      IN)
                                      “id                            I

                                                                                      ‘FUZE,   MINE,   ANTITANK,   M604   (T1210)   PRACTICE
                                                                                                                           RAPD 1168968

                                                                                Figure 62. Mine, antitank, practice,   heavy,              Ml2
                                                                             ,with practice fuze M604. and practice  activator              Ml.

            FUZE, MINE, AT,            SIDE SECChDARY            FUZE
              M603, INERT

                              TOP VIEW
                                                                                    m plug threads fuzesee thatand foreign
                                                                                      Inspect the
                                             CARRYING            POSITION
                                                                                          matter is present.
                             BOTTOM         SECOI;IDARY   FUZE WELL
                                                                                             Warning: It is particularly   im-
                                                                                          portant during freezing weather
                                                                                          to see that there is no ice in the
                                                                                          fuze well as the presence of ice
                                                                                          during fuzing        may cause a-
                                                                                          serious accident,
                                                                                    (4    Remove fuze M604 from its meta
                                                                                          shipping container and inspect it
                                                                                          for serviceability.
                                                                                    ((3   Just before inserting       the fuze
                                                                                          into the mine, use the hook end
                                                                                          of the arming wrench to remove
                                                                                          the safety fork from the cover
(STACKING       POSITION)                                                                 assembly of the fuze. Save and
                      /                                                                   conceal the safety fork (clip) for
        SIDE SECONDARY              FUZE WELL
                                                                                          use in disarming the fuze.
                                  BOTTOM     VIEW         RAPD    116893 B
                                                                                             Caution: Make sure fuze well
                                                                                          is olear of foreign material.
     Figure     61. Mine, antitank,              heavy,   446, empty.
                                                                                    (4     Insert the fuze gently into the
                                                                                          primary    fuze well of the mine
                                                                                          until it seats firmly (fig. 63).
         (e) The smoke composition explodes,                                                 Warning: No pressure mu&be
             emitting a cloud of smoke and                                                put on the pressure plate of the
             creating a noise.                                                            fuze when inserting it into the
      (4) Laying and &t-m&g.                                                              fuze well.
             Caution: Always insert the pri-                                              Note. To assure       proper      clearance     be-
           mary (main) fuze before installing                                                                            1.      . ..
                                                                                       tween     the fuze pressure-plate         DLILLO~ ana
           secondary (boobytrapping) fuzes.                                            the shutter     of the arming plug, it is essen-
                                                                                       tial   that    the fuze be fully     seated    on the
        (a) Using the arming plug wrench                                               internal    shoulder   of the mine fuze well.
             M20 (fig. 39), unscrew the arming
             plug from the mine.                                                     (4 Making sure that the setting knob

                                                            13.16 IN. MAX

                                              ‘SAND    FILLER (LOADED   IN FIELD)                               ORD D763

             Figure   63. Mine,   antitank,      heavy,    practice,      MIS,   and fuse,   mine   antitank,
                                  practice,     M604-cross         sectional     view.

       and shutter       are in the SAFE                                   the practice mine Ml2 requires a
       position, screw the arming plug                                     practice activator    (par. 40), the
       into the mine wrench tight to                                       correct primed firing device (par.
       assure a watertight joint.                                          42), and one or more trip wires.
  (g,J Lay the mine on a firm founda-                                   (a) Remove the tape and the shipping
       tion with the top surface of the                                      sleeve from the secondary fuze
       pressure     plate not more than                                      well (side well, bottom well, or
       three inches beneath the ground                                       both).
       level.                                                           (b) Inspect the secondary fuze well
  (h) Just before the mine is covered,                                       carefully to make certain it i
       arm the mine by turning the set-                                      free of foreign matter.
       ting knob red pointer fromSAFE                                   (c,J Remove the plug and its gasket
       through DANGER to ARMED. The                                          from the head of practice activa-
       arming wrench may be used for                                         tor Ml and screw the activator
       this purpose. The fuze will not                                       hand-tight into the secondary
       function   if the pointer on the                                      fuze well of the mine.
       arming plug points to SAFE.                                      @” Making sure that the small
          Car&o& Because of tolerances                                       rubber gasket is in place inside
       permitted in the manufacture of                                       the activator,   screw the firing
       antitank mines, the pressure                                          device hand-tight into activator
       plate of the fuze M604 may be                                         (the firing device requires     no
       too high, making it difficult, if not                                 blasting cap when used with an
       impossible, to turn the knob on                                       activator). Install trip wires as
       the arming plug to the ARMED                                          required.
       position. Do not attempt to force                                (e) Arm the firing device byremov-
       the knob but unscrew the arming                                       ing its safety pins, always re-
       plug just enough to allow the knob                                    moving the positive safety pin
       to be turned freely. The setting                                      last.
       knob should at no time be left                                    (f) Save and conceal the safety pins
       pointing to DANGER.                                                   and the activator plug and its
   (i) Camouflage the mine in accord-                                        gasket for use in disarming and
       ance with instructions in FM20-                                       removal.
      32.                                                            (6) Disarming andremoval (neutraliz-
(5) Boobykappi@.         Boobytrapping                of                   ing).
     (a) Carefully uncover the concealed                         tight with pointer on setting knob
          mine and examine the side and                          pointing to SAFE.
          bottom secondary fuze wells for                  (j) Remove the trip wire and replar ---
          boobytrapping     devices (second-                     tape over secondary fuze well,
           ary fuzes). Trip wires may have                (2~) If required, remove sand from
          been installed which will initiate                     mine.
           a secondary ,fuze by either pull                (I) Restore the mine and fuze to its
           or release.                                           original p o s it i o n and packing.
     (b) Do not cut any taut trip WireS,                         The mine may be laid and re-
          but cut all slack trip wires.                          moved any number of timespro-
              Wafaing I: Jf taut trip wires                      vided neither fuzes nor mines
           are encountered when attempting                       show evidence of damage or de-
           to neutralize the mine, do not cut                    terioration.
           the wires und e r any oircum-               (7) Functioned mine and fuze. If mine
           stances. The best procedure is                    and fuzes have functioned and the
           to attach a long rope or wire                     mine casing is undamaged, replace
           to the mine without disturbing the                the main fuze with a new fuze,
           taut wire and then from a pro-                    replace the practice activator with
           tected position remove the mine                   a new one, and retain the firing
           from the ground by pulling on                     mechanism of the firing device.
           the long rope or .wire. If this                   The base c oup 1 ing with fired
           method is not praoticable,       the              primer may be discarded or re-
           matter should be referred          to             primed, depending on its condition.
           EOD personnel.                                    The firing mechanism may be re-
              Warning 2: When removirigthe                   cocked by placing the end of a
          mine with a long rope or wire,                     stick, pencil, or nail against the
          use extreme caution - mine may                     firing pin and pushing it back until
          detonate.                                          it is held in place by the release-
     (c) Replace all safety pins in the                      pin. Install safety pin. Resto:
          firing devices, always replacing                   mine, new fuze, new practice actr
          the positive       safety pin first.               vator, and firing device tooriginal
          Refer to TM g-1375-200 for in-                     condition and packing.
          structions pertaining to the par-          d. Mine, Antitank, Practice, Heavy, M20
          ticular firing device involved.          (T38) and Fuze, Mine, Antitank, Practice,
     (d) Unscrew the firing devices from           M604.
          the activators.                              (1) General. This practice mine (figs.
     (e) Unscrew the activator. Replace                       64 and 65) is used for training in
          the plug and its gasket in the                      the proper methods and precau-
          head of the activator.                              tions to be observed in the care,
      (4 Turn the setting knob of the arm-                    hand1 ing, laying and arming,
          ing plug to the SAFE position.                      boobytrapping,      and disarming of
     (8) Remove the arming plug by un-                        high-explosive heavy antitank mine
          screwing it in a counterclockwise                   M15. The mine is issued empty
          direction.                                          with arming plug assembled but
     (h) Remove the fuze by grasping the                      without primary or secondary fuze.
          fuze pressure         plate with the                 It is to be loaded with sand (21.2
          fingers.     It should     come out                 lbs.) and fuzed in the field. The
          easily. Do not attempt to remove                    mine (fig. 58) is a flat oylindrical
          the fuze if it is frozen in place.                  steel c as ing (4.91-in. high by
          Insert the safety fork (clip) in                     13.13-in. diameter),       similar ex-
          the fuze.                                           ternally to the high-explosive mine
      (i) After removing the fuze, screw                       Ml5 (par. 31) which it simulates.
          arming plug back into place hand-                   Similar to the service mine Ml5

    the practice mine has a wire carry-                (a) After insertion of the fuze into
    ing handle, which folds under the                      the fuze well of the mine, and
    mine when not in use, and uses                         before screwing the arming plug _
    the arming plug M4. It differs from                    into place, lay the arming wrencl
    the mine Ml5 chiefly           in having               on its side on top of the pressure
    three filler holes in the side and                     plate of the mine so that the depth
    perforations   in the top and around                   gage extends into the fuze well
    the side secondary fuze well. The                      towards the fuze.
    mine is laid so that the weight of                 (b) That the end of the gage touches
    an intermediate          or heavy tank                 the pressure plate of the fuze
    passing over it causes the primary                     indicates   improper    clearance.
    fuze to function. The mine may be                      The lack of proper clearance can
    boobytrapped by installation of one                    be remedied by screwing the
    or two secondary fuzes, each con-                      arming plug into the mine slightly
    sisting of practice antitank mine                      less than its full normal distance
    activator Ml and any regular type                      so that the arming plug shutter
    firing device ha v i n g 9/16-inch                     can be moved freely          to the
    threads. Depending upon the type                       ARMED position.
    of firing device used, the mine can              (4) Painting and marking. The mine is
    be caused to function by pull or                     painted blue with marking which
    release of either of two trip wires                  includes the nomenclature, manu-
    attached to the firing device. Ex-                   facturers number and symbol, and
    cept for the smoke charge and                        month and year manufactured in
    primer M45 in fuze M604, and the                     white.
    smoke charge anal igniting charge
    in practice activator Ml, the m.ine
                                               38.   Light   Practice   Antitank   Mines
    is inert.
(2) Use. The 1 aying          and arming,         a. General. There are no standard serv-
    boobytrapping,      functioning,    dis-   ice counterparts       to the light practice
    arming and removal (neutralizing),         antitank mines. Formerly there was an
    and the recovery and refuzing for          M7 series of light service antitankmines.
    re-use of practice mine M20 and            Although these mines are now obsolete,
    practice fuze M604 are similar             empty and inert models of the M7 series
    to those for practice mine Ml2             and a practice mine Ml0 which simulates
    and practice       fuze M604 (which        the M7 series are available for use in
    supersedes practice fuze M602).            training in the care, handling, and use of
(3) Wrench, arming plug, mine, M20.            antitank mines.
    Because of tolerances permitted in            b. Mine, An tit a nk, Light M7 Series,
    the manufacture, the p r e s s u r e       Empty or Inert with Fuze, Mine, Antitank,
    plate of the fuze M604 may inter-          M603, Inert.
    fere with the movement of the arm-               (1) General. The mine is constructed
    ing plug shutter which is on the                     of metal parts identical to those
    bottom of the arming plug. The                       of the M7 series service mines
    shutter moves from an outside to a                   and employs an inert fuze. The
    center position as the arminglmob                    mine is used for training in laying
    is turned from the SAFE to the                       and arming, boobytrapping      (using
    ARMED position. Topredetermine                       a firing device without primer and
    whether there will be proper clear-                  without blasting cap) and disarming
    ance, an arming wrench M20 of                        and removal (neutralizing).
    recent manufacture         is provided           (2) Description    (fig. 66).
    with a depth gage consisting of a                  (a) Mine.
    lip projecting from its side. Use                      Model number-M7             series,
    the depth gage as follows:                                 empty or inert.

                                                                                                             ,__   :


        ERED BY

                                               FILLER HOLE WITH&T    CAP     CAP
     MARKING ON BOTTOM--MI NE,               TAPED IN BOTTOM SECONDARY FUZE                           B
     NUMBER MONTH AND YEAR LOADED                  ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF MINE.                      ORD D58c     -     ‘1

                             Figure   64. Mine,   antitank,   practice,   heavy,   MdO.

             Weight, unfuzed - 4-7/8 pounds                           (b) Fuze (primam) (fig. 66).
               (inert models).                                            Model number - M603, inert.
             Weight of inert filler - 3-5/8                               Tme -mechanical,belleville
               pounds.                                                      spring.
             Dimensions        - height, 2-l/2                            Weight - 1.56 ounces.
               inches; length, 7 inches; width,                           Dimensions         - height, 1.17
               4-l/2 inches.                                                inches; diameter, 1.125 inches.
             Material - steel.                                            Material - steel.
             Fuze well - main (primary) fuze                              Safeties -safety clip (fork).
               located in center of top of mine.                      (c) Fuze (s e c on da ry) (boobytrap-
             Fuze arming mechanism - slid-                                Pi@)-
               ing pressure plate.                                        Inert firing device type and model
             Secondary fuze well (fitted with                               number - any regular        type
               carrying       plug and cord as                              having 9/16-inch thread.
               shipped).                                                  Activator model number - no ac-
             Number and location-       one well                            tivator used.
               located in one end of mine.                          (3) Functioningj.
             Type of boobytrapping      (second-                      (a) A minimum force of 140 to 240
               ary) fuze for which threaded                               pounds on the pressure plate Of
                - inert firing device with inert                          the armed mine depressespres-
               blasting cap.                                              sure plate of fuze.
                                                                                                                       ORD      D585
 Figure   65.   Mine,   antitank,       practice,   heavy,   MB0 (7’38)   and fuze,   mine,   MGOQ-cross   sectional    view.

   (b) The belleville spring of the fuze                                         until it seats. To assure proper
        snaps into reverse and drives                                            clearance between the fuze pres-
        the firing pin into the detonator.                                       sure plate button and the steel
   (c) Since both mine and fuze are                                              pad on underside of pressure
        inert-loaded,   there is no further                                      plate of the mine, the fuze must
        action.                                                                  be fully seated on internal
(4) Laying and arming.                                                           shoulder in fuze well (fig. 66).
  (a) Slide the pressure plate of the                                               Caution: Always insert       the
       mine aside to expose the fuze                                             main fuze before installing sec-
       well.                                                                     ondary fuzes. No pressure must
  (b) Inspect fuze well to see that no                                           be. put on the pressure plate of
       foreign matter is present.                                                fuze when inserting it into fuze
  (c) Remove inert fuze M603 fromits                                             well.
       container and inspect to see that                                      (4 Slide the mine pressure       plate
       it is serviceable and that the end                                        into position over fuze. Center
       of the detonator shows in the                                             the pressure plate so that the
       bottom of the fuze.                                                       rivets in the sides of mine are
  (d) Just before inserting the fuze into                                        in the vertical slots of pressure
       the mine, remove the safetyfork                                           plate. The fuze is now armed.
       (clip) from the cover assembly                                        (g) Lay the mine on a firm founda-
       of the fuze. The fingers or the                                           tion in a place not likely to be
       hook end of the arming wrench                                             flooded. The pressure plate side
       may be used for this purpose.                                             may be up or down. Whichever
  (e) Insert the fuze gently into main                                           side is up should be flush with,
       (primary) fuze well of the mine                                           or not more than one inch below,

     FIJZE, MINE,    AT                      MOVABLE     PRESSURE   PLATE          initiate a secondary         fuze by
                                                                                  either pull or release.
                                                                                      CaUtiozz: Great care must be..
                                                                                  taken with regard to antilift
                                                                                  boobytrapping       devices (secol.
                                                                                  ary fuzes).
                                                                            (b)   Do not cut taut wires but cut all
                                                                                  slack trip wires.
                                                                                      W&-IA&     If taut trip wires are
                                                                                  encountered when attempting to
                                            SECONDARY    WZE WELL FOR             neutralize the mine, do not cut
                                                       PLUG OR BOOBY.
                                                        FIRING DEVICE
                                                                                  the wires under any circum-
                                                              ORD 0,837           stances. The best procedure ie
                                                                                  to attach a long rope or wire to
Figure   66. Mine, &ntitank,              light,    M7A??, inert      and
          fuze,      mine,    antitank,      M603      inert.                     the mine without disturbing the
                                                                                  taut trip wire and then remove
                                                                                  the mine from the ground by
           ground level, with the longer axis                                     pulling on the long rope or wire
            of the mine parallel to the prob-                                     from a protected             position,
            able approach of the enemy.                                            making sure that such protected
       (h) Camouflage in accordance with                                          position     is not mined. If this
           instructions in FM 20-32.                                               method is not practicable, neu-
     (5) Boobytrapping.                                                           tralize the secondary fuze ac-
       (a) Unscrew the carrying plug with                                          cording to procedure prescribed
           the ring handle from thesecond-                                         in FM 20-32.
           ary (boobytrapping) fuze well and                                           Warning: When removing the
           inspect the secondary fuze well                                         mine with a long rope or wire,
           to make certain it is free of                                           use extreme caution-mine          may
           foreign material.                                                       detonate.                            -
       fb) Crimp an inert blasting cap to a                                 (c)    If the secondary fuze has onI
           base coupling.                                                          slack trip wire attached to it, CL
       (c) Screw the base c oup 1 in g with                                        it and replace safety pins in the
           crimped-on     blasting cap to the                                      firing device, replacing the posi-
           firing device. Insert the blasting                                      tive safety pin first.
           cap hand-tight into the secondary                                (d)    Unscrew secondary fuze well by
           fuze well.                                                              grasping the knurled edge of the
                Note.  Use fuzing    wrench    M 2 5 if the                       base coupling, or if the edge of
              edge of the base coupling     is hexagonal.
                                                                                   the base coupling is hexagonal,
         (o’) Install trip wire(s) as required                                     by using fuzing wrench M25.
              and arm the firing device by re-                              (e)    Unscrew the base-coupling-with-
              moving safety pins, always re-                                       blasting-cap     attached f r om the
              moving the positive safety pin                                       firing device. Restore the base
              last.                                                                coupling and the firing device to
                    Note.    Save    and conceal         all safety pins           its packing.
               for future      use    in disarming         and removal.
                                                                            (4     Slide pressure plate away from
     (6) Disarmir@ andremod     (neutraliz-                                        its position over the fuze and
         WI.                                                                       remove the fuze.
       (a) Carefully  uncover the camou-                                    (g)     Insert the safety fork (clip) into
           flaged mine and examine it for                                          the primary fuze.
           any boobytrapping  device (sec-                                  (h)    Restore the mine and the fuze
           ondary fuze). Trip wires may                                            each to its original packing con-
           have been installed which will                                          tainer.

  c. Mine, Antitank, Practice, Light Ml0                                       CARRYING    PLUG ASSEMBLY(fi
and Fuze, Mine, Antitank, Practice, M604.
    (1) GeneraZ. This practice mine (fig.
         67) is used for training personnel
         in the precautions and methods to
         be observed in the care, handling,
         and laying of high-‘explosive serv-
         ice antitank mines. Except ,for the
         smoke charge contained               in the
         firing device (when used as second-
         ary fuze), this practice mine is
         inert. The mine is shipped empty
         and is to be loaded with sand in
         the field. When so loaded, its weight
         will be approximately         that of the
         obsolete M7 series high-explosive
         antitank mine which it simulates.                        -6.97-1                                      ORD D765
         The mine is so laid that the weight
         of a truck or light tank passing              Figure     67.      Mine, antitank,   light,   practice,    Ml0   and
         over it will cause the main fuze                               fuse mine, antitank,     practice,     M604.
         to fun&ion.
    (2) Description.
     (a) Mine.                                                        aand in the field and the filling
         Model number - MlO, simulates                                hole is then closed with the clos-
            the M7 series mines (II above).                           ing cap.
         Type -practice.
         Weight, unfuzed - 4-7/16 pounds.                         (b) Fuze (primaxy).
                                                                      Model number - M604.
         Dimensions -height, 2-l/2 inches;                            Type -practice.
             length, 7 inches; width, 5 inches.                       Weight-2-l/2     ounces.
         Material - steel.                                            Weight of smoke       charge - 17
         Fuze well-main          (primary)fuze                               gr&ns.
            well located in top center of                                 Dimensions        - height, l-3/4
             mine.                                                          inches; diameter, l-1/8 inches.
         Fuze arming mechanism - sliding                                  Material - steel.
            pressure plate.                                               Safeties - safety clip (fork).
         S e c on d a r y (boobytrapping) fuze                            Painting - none.
            well:                                                         Marking    - nomenclature,
               Number and location - one, lo-                               stamped in metal.
                 cated in end of mine.                                    Fuze (s e c on da ry) (boobytrap-
               Type of secondary (boobytrap-                      PI
                 ping) fuze for whichthreaded                               Firing   device type and model
                 -any      regular firing device                            numb& - any regular type firmg
                  ((c) below).                                              device having 9/16-m& thread,
         Painting-blue.                                                     US ually    pull-type Ml or pull-
         Marking - nomenclature,           loader’s                         friction type M2.
            lot number and symbol, month                                     Note:    No igniter     charge     or blasting
            and year loaded - in white.                                    CaP should   be used     on the firingdevice.
         Carrying plug - mine is fitted with                    (3) Functioning.
            carrying         plug and cord, as                    (a) A minimum force of 140 to 240
            shipped.                                                  pounds on striker    plate of the
         Closing cap - as shipped, the clos-                          armed mine depresses thepres-
            ing cap is separate from the                              sure plate of the fuze, causing
            mine. The mine is loaded with                             the belleville spring of the fuze

           to snap into reverse, driving the                  which use this fuze have nobooster.
           firing pin into the igniter of the                 The space occupied in the fuze well ’
           fuze, causing it to function.                      by the fuze M604 equals the spar-- -
     (b) The igniter of the fuze ignites                      occupied by the fuze M603 and 1
           the smoke charge of the fuze.                      booster Ml20 together in the fuz,
     (c) Functioning     of s m o ke charge                   well of service mines.
           causes a cloud of smoke to rise
           from mine, accompanied by a           39.   Mine, Antitank, NM, M19, Inert with
           noise.                                      Fuze, M606 Inert
   (4) Laying and arming. This operation
        is the same as that of the mine             This mine and fuze are completely inert
        M7A2 with the fuze M603 (b above) e       (contain no explosive). It is used for train-
       After mine has functioned, it may         ing in handling the heavy-type nonmetallic
       be taken up and, if in good condi-        antitank mine M19. The mine is con-
       tion, refitted with a new fuze M604       structed of parts identical to those used
        and a new or reprimed firing de-         in the Ml9 service mines, and employs
       vice, and reused.                         an inert fuze. The mine is used for train-
   (5) Boobytrapping.      This operation is     ing in laying and arming, boobytrapping
       the same as that of the M7 series         (using a firing device without primer),
        mines (b above) except that no           disarming and removing (neutralizing). In
       blasting cap or igniter is used on        training, follow exactly the same proce-
       the firing device.                        dure and observance of safetypkecautions
   (6) Disarming andremoval (neutraliz-          as if high-explosives    containing service
         ing). This operation is the same        mines were being used (par. 34).
        as that of the M7 series mines
       with the fuze M603 (b above) ex-          40.   Activator,         Antitank    Mine, Practice        Ml
       cept that if the firing mechanism
        of the firing device has functioned,        a, General. This activator (fig. 68) is-
        it may be recocked by placing the        used to adapt the heavy antitank pract!
        end of a stick, pencil or nail against   mine Ml2 to the use of a practice boob,
       the firing pin and pushing it back        trapping firing device. It contains an ig-
       until it is held in place by the          niter, and a smoke charge for spotting
        release pin.                             purposes.
 d. Fuze, Mine, Antitank, Practice, M6O4.
   (1) General. This fuze (fig. 67) is used
        with the 1 i g h t practice antitank
        mine Ml0 (c above).
   (2) Description.     The fuze consists of                  I                      ‘.99----l
        an aluminum b od y containing a
       belleville spring, and fitted with a
        firing pin, an igniter charge, and
        a smoke composite charge weigh-
        ing 17 grains.
   (3) Functioning. A minimum force of
        140 to 240 pounds on the pressure
       plate of this fuze depresses the
       belleville spring in the fuze, caus-                0.6875.THREA

        ing it to snap into reverse and
        drive the firing pin into the igniter,                            FOR STANDARD
        which then ignites the smoke com-                                 FIRING DEVICES               ORD D766
       position charge. A cloud of smoke
        issues from the top of the mine,          Figure     68.   Activator,    antitank   mine,   practice,    Ml.
        accompanied      by a noise. Mines

b. Description.                                    The other end is externally
  (1) The practice activator is made of            threaded      (0.6875-inch   thread
      black (newer type, blue) plastic             diameter) to fit the secondary fuze
      parts and contains an i g n it i n g         well for practice activator in the
      charge of photographic           flash       mine.
      powder and a smoke charge of white               Note.     The practice     activator Ml has an
      smoke composition.      The booster           external      thread   that will not fit any mine
                                                    except     the practice    mine M12.
      cup, which contains the smoke
      charge, is blue. The body has eight       (2) The activator operates when the
      equally spaced longitudinal        ribs       action of a firing device initiates
      and is internally threaded to re-             the igniter charge which, in turn,
      ceive a firing de v i c e (9/16-inch          ignites the smoke charge, thus
      thread diameter); this end is closed          releasing   a puff of white smoke
      during shipment by a threaded plug.           with accompanying noise.


                                                 CHAPTER 4
                INCENDIARY           BURSTER AND              CHEMICAL         MINES

                                  Section   I.   INCENDIARY   BURSTER

41.   General
                                                              (b) Plug. This plug is a tight-fitting
   a. Uses. The incendiary burster M4 is                          steel closure for the detonator
used, primarily,       with field-improvised    in-               end of the burster          tube. A
cendiary munitions. When immersed in a                            threaded hole through the end of
container (5-gallon can, used shell case,                         the plug is built to accomodate
ammunition         container, 55-gallon drum)                     the fuze, blasting cap, or deton-
filled with thickened fuel, the M4 will burst                     ating cord used to detonate the
the container and scatter flaming fuel over                       filling. Two steel pins near the
a large area. The number of bursters re-                          end of the plug make possible a
quired is determined by the size of the                           bayonet-type connection between
container and the amount of fuel it con-                          tube and plug. A discardable
tains. This type of munition can be used                          plastic shipping plug is inserted
to boobytrap flame-type mines.                                    in the detonator hole of the plug
    b. Description.                                               during shipment and storage of
      (1) hcendiary burster M4. This in-                          the burster, to protect the con-
           cendiary burster contains the fol-                     tents from moisture and dirt. The
           lowing major components: steel                         shipping plug is removable when
           burster tube, shipping plug, plug                      the burster is used.
           and cap, outer and inner plastic                   (c) Cap. A tight-fitting    steel cap is
           tube, pyrotechnic-ignition     mixture,                the closure for the other end of
           tetryl pellets, and burster cap. Two                   the bur s te r tube. Preformed
           or more bursters may be joined by                      packing is seated in a channel
           removing         the plug from one                     inside t,he cap, beneath the cap
           burster and the cap from another                       shoulder, to provide a tight seal
           and joining the two open ends by                       between tube and cap.
           means of the bayonet-type fitting.                 (d) Filler. The explosive-incendiary
         (a) Burster tube. This tube is a                         fi ing is contained in two con-
              steel cylinder approximately 12-                    c dl tric cellulose nitrate plastic
              inches long with a wall thickness                   tubes, each 10-l/2 inches long.
              of 1/16-&h.     Its outside diameter                The inside diameter of the inner
              is 1-3/4-inches.        The tube is                 tube is 3/4-inch; it is filled with
              closed at one end by a plug and                     tetryl pellets having a slightly
              at the other end by a cap. Apre-                    smaller diameter, so that in ef-
              formed packing (O-ring) is seated                   fect the inner tube contains a
              in a channel beneath a shoulder                     solid column of tetryl. Theouter
              near the plug end of the tube.                      plastic tube has an inside di-
              When the plug is inserted, the                      ameter of about l-3/16 inches.
              preformed packing forms a tight                     The inner tube is held incorrect
              seal with the surface of the plug.                  relative position in the middle of
              The plug end of the tube is slotted                 the outer tube by a plastic burster
              to form a bayonet-type connec-                      cup seated inside one end of the
              tion with the plug. Two steel pins                  inner tube. The lip of this cup is
               are provided near the cap end of                   cemented on its lower side to the
              the tube for a bayonet-type con-                    ends of both tubes. A plastic end
              nection with the cap.                               cap is cemented to the outer ends
         of both tubes to hold the tubes in                              extending well into the burster cup.
         their correct relative positions.                               Any of the following firing devices
         The space between inner and                                     (TM 9-1375-200) may also beused ,-
         outer tubes is filled with apyro-                               in boobytrapping the burster M4.
         k?chnic ignition     mixture.     The                         (a) Pressure firing device, MlAl.
         burster     is preassembled      with                         (b) Pressure-release        firing device,
         explosive-incendiary      tubes ce-                                M5.
         mented in place inside the steel                              (c) Pull-friction    firing device, M2.
         burster.                                                      (d) Pull-release     firing device, M3.
   (2) Accessories.     The burster M4 can                               The threaded base coupling of any
       be fired either electrically          or                          of these devices can be screwed
       mechanically,     by fuze, blasting                               into the hole in the plug of the
       cap, detonating cord, or any stand-                               burster tube.
       ard boobytrap firing device. The                           c. Fuzes and other Components. The
       M206A2 detonating fuze may be                           functioning of bursters can be initiated by
       used tc fire the burster provided                       a fuze, blasting cap, detonating cord, or
       the mating between the fuze and                         any standard boobytrap device.
       burster    is improvised.     E i the r                   d. Data. Tabulated data on the bursters
       electric    or nonelectric     blasting                 may be found in table V.
       caps can be used. Detonating cord                          e. Functioni@.
       may be used by passing it through                            (1) Initiation      of fuze, blasting cap,
       the hole in the burster plug and                                  detonating cord, or any standard


                           BURSTER   TUBE


                                                                                                            IGNITION    MIXTURE

                                                                                                       INNER      PLASTIC    TUBE

                                                                                                      TETRYL PELLETS

                                                                                   OUTER   PLASTIC   TUBE

                                                               BURSTER CUP

        ‘SHIPPING   PLUG                                                                                               ORD   0777

                                 Figure         69. Burster,   incendiary,   M4.

         boobytrap device will ignite the             to the ground. Under calm conditions, the
         explosive material in the burster            coverage to be expected from the disper-
         cup.                                         sion of a 5-gallon can of fuel inan upright
     (2) Detonation of the burster cup ma-            position is an area approximately 20 to 3’-‘
         terial ignites the tetryl pellets.           yards wide. Detonation of two bursters :
     (3) The ignition of the tetryl pellets           a 55-gallon drum of fuel will cover an area
         ignites the pyrotechnic-ignition             approximately    104 to 120 yards wide.
         mixture.                                        Note.  Fuel   composition           in an upright   position   is
     (4) Ignition of the pyrotechnic-ignition         also a factor  in the ground           coverage   pattern.
         mixture bursts the metal burster                g. Boobytrapping.   The burster M4 may
         tube.                                        be boobytrapped to prevent disturbance or
  f. Effectiveness.     The size and shape of         removal by using any of the firing devices
the ground dispersion         pattern depends         listed in (2) above. See TM Q-1375-200 and
largely on wind speed and direction close             FM 5-31 for boobytrapping instructions.

                                 Section   II.   CHEMICAL      MINES

42.   Genera I                                        land mines are given in table V. Additional
    a. Uses. Chemical mines may be used               data may be found in paragraphs 43 through
to disperse chemical agents from fixed
locations to provide area contamination
                                                      43.   Mine,    Land,      Chemical,        l-Gallon
in barrier and nuisance mine-fields.      The
chemical agent employed may be in liquid                 a. General. The chemical mine can be
or vapor form. The chemical mine, an                  used to disperse distilled mustard (HD)
antipersonnel    mine, may be used in anti-           or Levenstein mustard (H). It can be em-
tank minefields or elsewhere for triggering           ployed in combination with high-explosive
by ground troops. The presence of chem-               mines in minefields.
ical mines in a minefield slows breaching                b. Description.   The l-gallon chemic -
operations as it discourages rapid mine-              mine (fig. 70) consists of an unpainti
clearing techniques. Chemical land mines              but marked l-gallon      metal can with a
may be initiated by action of the enemvor             carrying handle and a threaded cap. The
by remote control. More detailed informa-             cap is lined with a gasket made of cork or
tion on use and tactical employment of                rubber and faced with lead foil. Two short
 chemical land mines may be found in FM               copper wires are soldered to one side of
 3-5, FM 20-32, and FM 31-10.                         the mine for use when attaching a burster
    b. Mines. Representative types of chem-
 ical mines are shown in figure 1. For a
 detailed general discussion of chemical
 mines, see paragraph 5.
    c. Fuzes and Other Components. T he
 functioning of chemical mines is initiated
 by a fuze or burster, depending upon the
 type of mine. The l-gallon mine uses a
 bursting charge made of detonating cord.
 An electric blasting cap or detonating cord
 is used to detonate the detonating cord
 bursting charge. The l-3/4-gallon       mine
  (M23) uses a fuze for primary fuzing.
 When employed as an antipersonnel mine
  an activator and firing device are actu-
  ated by a trip wire.
     d. Dafa. Tabulated data on chemical                    Figure   70.     Mine,   land,    chemical,     i-gallon.

         HD, 1 - G+ON
                                                          d. Laring and Arming.
                                                           Warping: A protective          mask and pro-
                                                        tective clothing must be worn when pre--
                                                        paring and lashing chemical land mines.
                                                             (9 Prepare -a hole in the ground wit,
                                                                  a firm foundation at the bottomand
                                                                  of appropriate           dimensions (b
                                                             (2) Attach a 4-foot length of detonating
                                                                  cord to the side of the mine with
                                                                  the copper wires provided for that
                                                             (3) Tape either an electric blasting
                                                                  cap or a length of detonating cord
                                                                  lengthwise along and in firm con-
    Figure     71. Mine, land, chemical,   l-gallon.              tact with the detonating           cord
                                                                  burster charge.
                                                                (a) When using an electric blasting
charge (fig. 71). Detailed dataon this mine                          cap, leave the ends of the blast-
is listed below.                                                     ing cap wires connected to each
    Description of mine.                                             other until ready to connect them
    Model number - none.                                             to the electric firing circuit.
    Type -bursting.                                             (6) When using detonating cord as a
    Weight, loaded -11 pounds (varnish-                              detonator, use a square knot to
      can type HD mines are filled by de-                            tie it to the bursting charge.
      pots and supplied to the field in that                 (4) Place the mine, bursting charge
      condition).                                                 down, in the hole leadfngtheblast-
    Capacity - 1.1 gallons.                                       ing cap detonating cord or wires
    Dimensions -height,     lo-9/16 inches;                       out of the hole.
      width, 6-9/16 inches; depth 4-l/8                      (5) Cover the mine with approximatel:
      inches.                                                     4-inches of earth.
    Material - light gage metal.                             (6) Camouflage as instructed in FM
    Bursting     charge - 4 foot length of                      20-32.
      detonating cord.                                      (7) If an electric firing circuit isused
    Weight of filler - 9.9 pounds (l-gallon)                    for detonation, connect the blasting
      (O.                                                       cap wires to an electrical      firing
    Painting - unpainted.                                       circuit.
    Marking - green with two green bands.                   (8) If a nonelectric     blasting cap is
   c. Functionin&                                               used, attach a safety fuse of suf-
    (1) EZGtrically.                                            ficient length to allow time for
             Upon completion of the electrical                  firing personnel to move to safety.
             circuit, current is transmitted to           e. Disarmi@ and Removal.
             the electric    blasting cap which           Warning; A protective maskandprotec-
             causes the electric blasting cap to        tive clothing must be worn when disarming
             function and detonates the bursting        and removing chemical land mines.
             charge, the force of which bursts               (1) Carefully coil wires or detonating
             the mine and disperses the chem-                    cord.
             ical agent over a wide area.                    (2) Remove camouflage material.
     (2) Nonelectrically.                                    (3) Remove dirt covering the mine.
             Burning safety fuse sets off the                (4) Remove the mine from the hole and
             flasting cap which causes the det-                  return to its packing container.
             onating cord to detonate, bursting                   Note. Filled mines should not be stored
                                                                for more than 30 days andshould be vented
             the mine and dispersing the chem-                  periodically   to prevent pressure from build-
             ical agent over a wide area.                      ingurwnd      to minimize leaks,
  f. Effectiveness.   An exploding bursting                                        mine body made of the same type steel
charge disperses the chemical filling of the                                       used in the mine M16Al. The chemical
mine over a radius of approximately         5                                      land mine M23 can be distinguished vis-
yards. Such areas present a hazard to                                              ually and by touch from the AT mine lV __-
personnel for a time varying from hours                                            by eight raised projections spaced in pa.
to days. The effectiveness of the chemical                                         around the periphery      of the top of the
agent is dependent on the method of dis-                                           chemical mine (at go-degree intervals). A
semination, the weather, and the condition                                         primary fuze well, a side fuze well, and
of the surface of the terrain in the target                                        a bottom fuze well are proved for fuzing
area.                                                                              the mine (fig. 73). The side fuze well is
                                                                                   part of a burster tube which contains a
44.     Mine, Chemical       Agent,       VX, M23                                  tetryl burster held in place by a retaining
                     The chemical mine, M23                                        ring. The bottom fuze well is part of a
    a. General.
 (fig. 66) is prefilled and is used to disperse                                    cover adapter plate which holds a Com-
a nerve agent (VX). The mine M23 maybe                                             position B burster cone in place. Both
fuzed for contact or remote static deton-                                          the side and bottom fuze wells are closed
ation and may be used as an antitankmine                                           with removable caps. The pressure plate
or antipersonnel       mine. When used as an                                       assembly consists of a pressure plate, a
antitank mine, afuze M603 (par. 32) is used                                        belleville spring, a fuze retainer spring,
in the primary fuze well. When used as an                                          and an arming plug. Later model mines
antipersonnel       mine the M23 is booby-                                         use a coil spring instead of a belleville
trapped by using an activator Ml and a                                             spring. The fuze retainer spring holds the
firing device MlAl,         M2, M3, or M5 in                                       booster and fuze in the primary fuze well
either the side or botJom secondary fuze                                           when the arming plug is installed. Fuze
well.                                                                              M603 (see par. 32) is used for primary
                                                                                   fuzing, An activator,     Ml (see par. 35),
  b. Description. The chemical agent                                               used with a firing device (see par. 46),
mine M23, similar in size and shape to the                                         is used for secondary fuzing when the mine
antitank mine Ml5 (par. 31), consists of a                                         is employed as an antipersonnel       minh

                                                                                                                PRESSURE PLATE ASSEMBLY
                     MINE      BODY
                                                    .        __                               / “-=%.“r
  RAISED PROJECTION                                     ,-
                                                                                                \.      ,*~

                         \                                                                          ”       ’        THREE BAN,DS (GREEN)



                                                                                                                       YELLOW BAND

                                                                  -I--^    -.-__                                                   ORD 0780

                                           Figure            72. Mine, chemical      agent,    VX, MZ3.

    Mine, chemical agent, VX, M23 is packed                                                               inch green bands aild one 1/4-
    and shipped three to a packing container                                                              inch yellow band.
    (fig. 74).                                                                                          Capacity - l-3/4 gallons.
         (1) Mine.                                                                                  (2) &ze.(par.       32).
             Model number - M23.                                                                        Model number - M603.
             Type -bursting.                                                                            Tme -mechanical,                belleville
             Weight (unfuzed) - 22-3/4 pounds.                                                            spring or coil spring.
             Weight of filling - 10-l/2 pounds.                                                         Weight - 1.56 ounces.
             Dimensions -height,      5 inches; di-                                                     Weight of explosive (primer mix-
               ameter, 13 inches.                                                                         ture, lead ozide, and RDX) - 7
             Material - steel.                                                                            grain (approx.).
             Primaryfuze     well - located in cen-                                                     Dimensions -height,          1.17 inches;
               ter of mine top.                                                                           diameter, 1.125 inches.
             Secondary (boobytrapping)        f uze                                                     Material - steel.
               wells: Two fuze wells, one lo-                                                           Safeties - safety fork (clip).
               cated in side and one in the bot-                                                        Painting - uncolored.
               tom; covered with plastic caps.                                                          Marking - nomenclature           stamped
             Type of secondary         (boobytrap-                                                        in metal.
               ping) - fuze for which threaded;                                                     (3) Fme (s econdazy) (boobytrappf@).
               firing device MlAl, M2, M3, or                                                           Fir-i@ device:
               M5 and activator Ml.                                                                       Delay type, Ml.
             Booster - Ml20 in bottom of main                                                              Pull-friction     type, h!I2.
               fuze well.                                                                                  Pull-release type, M3.
             Painting - gray.                                                                              Pressure type, MlAl.
             Marking-     green *with three 1/2-                                                           Pressure-release        type, M5.

                                                                    ARMING         PLUG
                                                                                                                   BELLEVILLE           SPRING
                                                                                            \                                    I

                                                PRIMARY      FUZE   WELL
                                                                             \                  \                            /
                             REMOVABLE          CAP                                                                                        BURSTER       CONE

                             BURSTER      TUBE

       SIDE   FUZE   U ‘EL

                     TORSION     SPRING     ’                                                                     ’ COVER            ADAPTER     PLATE

                                   CARRYING           HANDLE   /

                                                          BOTTOM    FUZE         WELL   /                                                            ORD   D781

                                       Figure     73. Mine, chemical              agent,        VX, M.C3-cross    section.


                                                                                         .NUT    AND BOLT

   MATERIAL                                                                              MINES


                                                                                                 ORD D782

                      Figure   74. Packing   for   mine, chemical   agent,   V.7, MS3.

    c. Functionin&   For functioning refer to            tective clothing must be worn when dis-
antitank mine Ml5 (par. 31).                             arming and removing chemiaal land mines.
    d. Layi@ and Arming.      For laying and                  For disarming and removal procedures
arming of the chemical mine M23 see                      see paragraph 31.
antitank tine Ml5 (par. 31).                                g. Effectiveness.   The effective burst
   Wring:       A protective mask and pro-               radius for the mine buried under 3 to 5
tective clothing must be worn when pre-                  inches of earth is about 4 meters. By
paring and laying of chemical land mines.                bursting in the ground, the liquid con-
                                                         taminant mixes thoroughly with the dirt
   e. Boobyfrappin&      Boobytrapping of the            cover. A burst from the buried position
mine M.23 requires activator Ml (par. 35)                thus gives a more lasting contamination
and a firing device (par. 46) with trip                  than one from a mine placed on the surface
wires. Refer to paragraph 31 for booby-                   of the ground. The liquid contamination
trapping procedures.                                      density is high at the point of burst and
   f. Disarming and Removal.                              decreased rapidly as the distance from
    W-&z,&      A protective mask and pro-               the burst point increases.                 -

                                         CHAPTER 5
                                     RELATED ITEMS

45.   Genera I                                     shown fn the upper portion of figure 75. As
                                                   a field expedient, any of these explosive
   The land mine fuzes and components de-
                                                   charges may be used as land mines. The
scribed in chapters 2, 3, and 4 all belong         assembled fuze, consisting of a firing de-
to Federal S upp 1y Classification    (FSC)
                                                   vice with a blasting cap attached thereto,
class 1345. There are also a number of
other items belonging        to other FSC          is screwed into the fuze well of thedemo-
classes, whit h are used in conjunction            lition charge. For p 1 a s t i c demolition
with, or in lieu of, the land mines, fuzes,        charges, which have no fuze well, the
and components described in chapters 2,           blasting cap is inserted into the mass of
3, and 4. These other materials belong            plastic explosive. The fuzed demolition
principally  to FSC classes 1375, demoli-          charge is then set into place and set
tion materials,   and 1370, pyrotechnics,          initiating action as in an ordinary 1and
                                                  mine. Demolition devices containing ex-
and are described in paragraph46 through
                                                  plosve charges weighing from l/4 of a
49.                                               pound to 40 pounds are available. The blast
                                                  effect of a particular    land mine canbe ap-
46.   Demolition   Materials
                                                  proximated by a s s e m b 1 i n g demolition
    s. Cmer&.       The term “demolition ma-      charges with weights equal to the explo-
 terials” refers to a variety of explosive        sive weights of the land mine.
 charges of different sizes and shapes, ex-            c. Firing Devices. A firing device is a
plosive-initiating     devices designed for use   mechanism used to initiate a train of fire
with such charges, explosive and nonex-           for detonation of demolition charge s,
plosive mechanical devices, and apparatus         boobytraps, or mines, usually but not nec-
 such as instruments, tools, and equipment        essarily, as part of a nonelectric system
used with charges for performing various          A firing device is a separate item of issue
military d e m o 1 it i o n functions. Repre-     and must be requisitioned separately from
sentative demolition materials are shown          land mines or demolition charges which
in figure 75. All of these materials belong       are us e d for making improvised 1and
to FSC class 1375. Most demolition ma-            mines. Firing devices are of two general
terials can be used in one way or another         shapes, tubular and box (fig. 76). Thetub-
in land mine operations; however, in this         ular types of firing devices consist of a
paragraph, only demolition charges which          head, a case, which contains a firing pin,
may be substituted for land mines under           and a base coupling wh i c h contains a
special conditions,       and firing   devices    primer.      They are arranged for actuation
which are used for secondary fuzing and           by pressure, pull or release of pull ac-
boobytrapping, will be discussed. Detailed        cording to the de s i g n of the particular
descriptions      of demolition materials and     model (fig. 76). The box-type firing de-
instructions     for use may be found in TM       vices, consisting      of a rectangular  steel
g-1375-200 and a complete list of all demo-       body and base coupling, operate by the
lition materials available may be found in        pressure release method. The base cou-
SM 9-5-1375. For more detailedinforma-            pling fitted to all types contains apercus-
tion on the field use of demolition ma-           sion primer. All firing devices arephysi-
terials, see FM 5-25. Antipersonnel         and   tally interchangeable,      as base couplings
antitank mine carrying devices also belong        have the same thread (9/16 of an inch) for
to FSC class 1375. These devices are de-          attachment to mines or explosive charges.
scribed in paragraphs 49 and 50.                  The base coupling of the pull-type and the
    b. Demolifion Charges. The v a r i ou s       delay-type (which is seldom used with land
types of demolition charges available are         mines) firing devices are not removable.


                                                               l/4-LB.   TNT

                                                               l/2-LB.  TNT

                                                                                                         1S-LB. SHAPED
                                                       I-LB.    TNT    BLOCK                                 CHARGE
                                                                                                                                             40-LB.     CRATERING

                                                                                                            BLOCK   M3                                BLOCK    M5Al
          40-LB. SHAPED
              CHARGE                                         DEMOLITION               CHARGES            AND    DYNAMITE


                                                                                                                                                                 BLASTING   CAP
                                                                                                              FUSE IGNITER                                       (NONELECTRIC)
                                                                                                            (FRICTION   TYPE)
      PRESSURE                      PULL                                                                                                                          -
                                                                  RELEASE                                                                                        BLASTING    C -.
                                                                                                              FUSE IGNITER
                     PULL-RELEASE                                                                                                           MACHINE


                                                                                                                                                        TIME     BLASTING

                                                               INITIATING             AND         PRIMING      MATERIALS

                                               BANGALORE       TORPEDO

                                                                               TV”.         ,.                                                           -,

                                                                            PROJECTED               CHARGE       M3A1

                                                  OBSTACLE       AND        MINE       FIELD         CLEARING       DEVICES
                                                                                                                                                                      ORD   D312

                                      Figure         ‘76. Representative                         types    of   demolition      materials.

     The base coupling on all other types of fir-                  nating projectile into the air. The
    ing devices are removable. The various                         projectile consists of an illuminant
    initiating actions for firing devices are                      charge and a parachute in a flare -.
    shown in figure 76. When firing devices                        case _which is projected vertically
    are used with demolition charges, ablast-                      to an altitude of 80 to 130 meters
    ing cap is crimped to the end of the firing                    where      the parachute supported
    device. When a firing device is used as a                      candle is lighted and expelled from
    secondary fuze for boobytrapping of heavy                      the flare case. It effectively illumi-
    antitank mines, a blasting cap is not used.                    nates exposed objects on the ground
    The base coupling of the firing device is                      to a distance of approximately 300
    screwed directly into an activator which                       meters, depending upon the char-
    is in turn screwed into a secondary fuze                       acter of the terrain. The flare re-
    well of the mine. When used with antiper-                      sembles, and functions in a man-
    sonnel mine M3 or light antitank mines a                       ner similar         to, the M2 series
    blasting cap is used with the firing device.                    antipersonnel mines described in
     Inert firing devices which contain aninert                    paragraph 14. For a detailed de-
    percussion primer are provided for train-                       scription   of and instructions    for
4   ing. Inert firing devices used for training                    use, see TM 9-1370-200.
    purposes are to be employed in exactly the                 (2) Flare, surface, trip, M49. This
    same manner and with the care and pre-                         trip flare     (fig, 78) resembles a
    cautions as the explosive items        com-                    chemical hand grenade in size and
    prising the firing devices s i m u 1 ate d.                     shape, except that it is provided
    Hence, it is essential that personnel in                       with brackets for attachment to a
    training be fully conversgd with all proce-                    tree or post, and a trigger mecha-
    dures and instructions      given in TM 9-                     nism for firing. It is intended for
    1375-200 pertaining thereto.                                   the same purposes as the parachute
                                                                    trip flare M48 (see (1) above). The
    47.   Pyrotechnics                                              flare burns with a yellowish light
                                                                    and illuminates an area up to ap-
       a. General. Pyrotechnics         are items of                proximately 300 meter radius, de-
    ammunition      used in military       operations               pending upon the character of the
    for p r o d u c in g light for illumination,                    terrain. The trip fuze Ml2 is sim-
    smokes or lights for signalling or sound                        ilar to fuzes used for cylindrical
    to simulate battle noises and effects. The                      hand grenades, but acts without de-
    pyrotechnic items described in this para-                       lay when released.
    graph are trip flares and boobytrap simu-                 c. Simulators, Boobytrap, Flash, M117.
    lators.    Trip flares can be used as land            This flash simulator consists of a cylin-
    mines to be initiated by enemy troops to              drical body with a flat metal nailing bracket
    provide a warning of approach. Boobytrap              protruding,.from     one end. It is for use dur-
    simulators can be used for training in the            ing maneuvers and in troops training where
    techniques of boobytrapping mines. These              there is need for a small pyrotechnic de-
    devices are described in b and c below.               vice which can be installed as a s af e
     For detailed information        on these pyro-       boobytrap. It functions with a loud report
    technic items see TM 9-1370-200.                      and flash when a victim unwittingly trips
       b. Trip Flares.                                    it. This device is intended to provide train-
          (1) Flare, surface, trip,         parachute,    ing in the installation and uses of booby-
              M48. This flare (fig. 77) is used           traps as well as instill caution in troops
              primarily   to give warning of enemy        who may become exposed to traps set by
              marauders     or infiltrating     hostile   an enemy. For detailed description            and
              troops and for illumination of such         instructions in its use see TM g-1370-200.
              troops. The flare burns with a white
              or yellowish light, It is in effect a       48.    Antipersonnel   Mine   Clearing   Devices
              one shot mortar, fired by a trip
              wire, w h i c h projects an illumi-               a. General. Antipersonnel-mine               clear-
                                   F_‘RlNG    DfVlCE     FITTED     TO    DEMOLITION         CHARGE

                                                     PRESSURE       ANYWHERE        ON    &AW
                                                   INITIATING        PRESSURE      TYPt    FiKING
                  HAND   &ihiADE             ! DEViC!.     FITTED     TO DiMOiiITICh.         CWAiiGE
                                      -        ---               -_

      Figure   ‘76. Representative   methods of using                    firing    devices
                         in boobytrap installations.
  ing devices are called projected charge            (fig. 75), called    “demolition    snakes It
  demolition kits (figs. 74 and 75)‘ A kit such      “projected charges,” or “bangalore torpi-
  as the cable, detonating, antipersonnel-          does.” The projected charge is usedprir -
  mine-clearing        Ml, consists of a flexible   cipally to breach antitank minefields, b,
  linear explosive charge and the apparatus          it can also be used to breach bands of log
  for projecting it. This kit is used primarily     posts, steel rails,     antitank ditches, or
 to clear narrow lanes ,in enemy antiper-           small concrete obstacles. The bangalore
  sonnel minefields. The explosive charge           torpedo is used primarily to breach areas
  of the mine-clearing       device consists of a   of obstacles listed above. The demolition
  special detonating cable which is projected       snake M3Al consists of sections made up
 from a launcher, across the minefield, by          of two parallel linear explosive charges
  a jet propulsion unit. The cable is thenex-       encased in corrugated metal plates bolted
 ploded by a delay detonator.                       together to form a rigid assembly which
       b. Description.    The major components      can be towed or pushed by a light or me-
 of the antipersonnel mine clearing device          dium tank (fig. 82). This demolition snake
 MlEl are: a storage and carrying case,             is exploded by action of a bullet-impact
 a 170-foot length of detonating cable, a           fuze that is actuated by fire from a ma-
 propulsion unit, a launcher unit, and the          chine gun mounted on a tank.
 firing equipment. The cylindrical         alumi-     b. Description.
 num storage and carrying case (fig. 81),               (1) Projected      charge M3Al.     An as-
 which is 16-l/2 inches in diameter, 20                      sembled projected charge (fig. 82)
 inches long, and weighs 92 pounds, con-                     consists of two parallel, linear,
 tains and houses the remaining             major            c o r rug at e d-aluminum or steel
  components. The explosive charge con-                      plates bolted together to form
  sists of 19 strands of nylon-covereddeto-                  a rigid assembly. It is flexible in
  nating cord, each containing 100 grams of                  the vertical plane to permit it to
  oil-soaked PETN per foot. The total weight                pass over rough ground and rigid
  of the explosive material (PETN) is ap-                    enough in the horizontal plane to
 proximately        46 pounds. The launcher unit             maintain a relatively true tours
  consists of a folding stand constructed of                when being pushed. The assembleG
  aluminum angles with two connected legs.                  projected         charge, shown in a
  The propulsion unit (assembly) consists of                 cross-section     in figure 83, is 14
  a rocket unit, a length of wire rope attached              inches wide, 5 inches high, and 400
 to the front end of the detonating cable, a                feet long. Projected charges fab-
  length of time fuse, and two weatherproof                 ricated from steel p 1 ate s weigh
 fuze lighters M2. A 15-second delaydeto-                    12,500 to 15,000 pounds; those fab-
  nator is used to detonate the detonating                  ricated from aluminum            plates
  cable. An oak tent stake, used to anchor                  weigh 9,000 pounds. Eachmaycon-
  one end of the detonating cable, is also                  tain as much as 4,500 pounds of
  included in the carrying case. Simulated                  explosives,      For information      on
 cables of l/2-inch wire rope, 1-l/8-inch                   tactical uses of projected charges
  sisal    rope, or inert loaded cables, with               and their effects on minefields and
 live propulsion units, live fuze lighters,                 other obstacles, see FM 5-25, TM
 and live 15-second delay detonators, may                   5-220 and FM 20-32. For a detailed
 be used for training. For further informa-                 description     of the available anti-
 tion refer to TM g-1375-200.                               tank projected charge s and in-
                                                            structions for use, see TM 9-1375-
 49.   Antitank   Mine   Clearing   Devices                 200.
                                                        (2) Torpedo,    bangalore MlAl.   This
      a. General. Antitank mine and obstacle               demolition device (fig. 75), which
,, clearing devices are issued as kits con-                is made up of 5-foot lengths of
   taining all materials necessary for assem-              h i g h-explosive-filled steel tubes
  bly. The completely      assembled devices               with connecting sleeves, may be


                                                      FIRING    PIN SAFETY
                                      I            (POSITIVE)--REMOVE      L
                                                                                                                   TRIGGER        PIN

                                                                                                                  PIN RING

                                                      RELEASE      PIN    SAFETY      PIN                                          FIRING
                                                                                                          8X&’J                 MECHAN    ISh

                                                                          FIRING      PIN \                     RELEASE    PIN

                                                                                                               FIRING    PIN
                                                                                                                  SPRING                          k5A1

                    FELT     PAD-,,
         SUSPENSION          CABLE

                                                                                                          %COUPLING                BASE



                                                                                                          &                    CHARGE

         FIRST-FIRE        CHARGE                                                                         /NIPPLE
          PRIMING          CHARGE-
                    FELT     PAD-


        EXPELLING          CHARGE                                                                               RELAY     CHARGE

                    DELAY      FUSE

      I‘ROPELLING      CHARGE;                                                                            i,               BASE     PLATE

                                                                                                                                        RA PD 69071C

                                          Figure   ‘77.   Flare,    surface,       trip,    parachute,   M48.

                STRIKER      SPRING

                      SAFETY    PIN
                                                                                     PERCUSSION       PRIMER

                                                                                             TAPED        HOLE

             TRiP   FUZE M12’

                                                                                             PRIMING        CHARGE

         SAFETY LEVER               I
                                                                                              iOWtK        CAIJ


      TRIGGER       PIVOT




                                                                                    ANCHbR   CLIP

        TRIGGER       PIVOT

                                                           ANCHOR      CLIP


 -TRIGGER      MECHANISM-FRONT                VIEW      BEFORE COCKING-                  RA PD 89353C

                               Figure   78.    Flare,     surface,   trip,   M49.

      used for blasting a path throughan                                       crimped-on     nonelectric  blasting
      antipersonnel   minefield, wire en-                                      cap or a delay detonator. Sixturns
      tanglements or other obstructions.                                       of detonating cord wrapped around _- :’
      The individual tubes, called “load-                                      one -end of a loading assembly, tc
      ing assembliest7, may also beused                                        which is connected an 8-15 seconG
       as explosive charges in the demo-                                       delay detonator, may be used as a
       lition snake (par,. 1). The complete                                    firing device. Detonation of one
       item of issue consists of loloaded                                      loading assembly will r e s ul t in
       assemblies, 10 connecting sleeves,                                      detonation of the entire series if
       and 1 nose sleeve. Each loading                                         properly    connected.     The con-
       assembly (5 feet long by 2-l/8                                          necting sleeve is a short tube into
       inches in diameter) is filled with                                      which the ends of the loading as-
       amatol, with about 4-inches of TNT                                      semblies fit and are heldby spring
       at each end. Total weight of explo-                                     clips. The nose sleeve, located at
       sive in each loaded assembly is                                         the end of a loading assembly, has
       about 9 pounds. Each end of the tube                                    a round point for ease in pushing
       contains a threaded well to ac-                                         the torpedo past or through obsta-
       commodate a fir ing device with                                         cles.


               A-SIMULATOR     WITH    EQUIPMENT,     AS    ISSUED

                              B--SIMULTOR      WITH   CAP     REMOVED   AN0   CORD     EXTENDED              ORD Dl7

                             Figure    79. Simulator,         Boobytrap,      Flash,     Mll7’.

                                                                                                    RA PO131039
Figure   80.   Antipersonnel   mine   clearing   device   laying   detonating   cable   across   mine   field.
                                                                           PROPULSION           UNIT,
                                                                         WIRE     ROF

                                                                                                                            BLASTING   FUSE

                                                                                                                             IGNITER M60

      ERAICE     vVlRE CABLE
               Tb’iEADED CAP WI
               A”“3 BOOSTER SLEI
                                                    I5-SECOND DELAY
                                                    PERf kIC<lQN

                                                    DEtTONATOR M 1A2                                                           OK0 D357A

                    Figure   8 1.   Projected   charge               demolition    kit   MlEl      emplaced   for firing.

                                  Figure      82. Antitank   mine         clearing  device being
                                            pushed into position           by medium tank.


33d BOLT HOLE                                     FUZE
,,AI” c,
           17Tr   CHIFI n
43d                                                            LINEAR     DEMOLITION      CHARGES
                                                                                                                NOSE -

                                 6.IN.     OF COMP       A-3                                                        -BOLT   HOLE
                                                                                                                     ORD 0363

                        Figure   83.     Longitudinal     section       of projected   charge   M3Al   at fuze.

                                           APPENDIX         I

1. Publication   Indexes
  The following indexes should be consulted frequently for latest changes or revision of
references     given in this appendix and for new publications relating to material covered to the
in this technical manual.
Indexes of Army Motion Pictures, Film Strips, Slides, and                                  DA Pam 108-l safety
Military Publications:
   Index of Administrative    Publications      . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .DA Pam 310-l
   Index of Blank Forms . . . . ..*.........................                               DA Pam 310-2 r de-
   Index of Doctrinal, Training, and Organizational Publications . . . . , . DA Pam 310-3                    The
   Index of Graphic Training Aids and Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Pam 310-5           :nce,
   Index of Suppl;y Manuals; Ordnance Corps . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Pam 310-29          y for
   Index of Technical Manuals, Technical Bulletins, Supply Bulletins,                      DA Pam 310-4  ‘use.
     Supply Manuals (types 4, 6, 7, 8, and 9) Lubrication Orders, and
     Modification Work Orders.                                                                            :ked
   Index of Ordnance Publications (Navy) l . . . . . . . . ..e.........                    OPO            igh-
2. Supply Manuals                                                                                         3ms
Ammunition and Explosives: Class 1305 - Ammunition, through                                 SM 9-5-1305    lem
   30-Millimeter.                                                                                          vith           -
Ammunition and Explosives: Land Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SM 9-5-1345                ves
Ammunition and Explosives: Military Pyrotechnics, All Types . . . . . . SM g-5-1370
Ammunition and Explosives: Solid Propellants, and Explosive                                 SM 9-5-1375
  Devices.                                                                                                 ked
Stock List of All Items, Price List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ‘Co . . . . SM 9-2-1              ive
Index of Graphic Training Aids and Devices . . . . . . . . . . . e . . . . . . . DA Pam 310-5               ?X-
3. Forms
   The following forms pertain to the material covered in this manual:                                       Lf-
DA Form 2415, Ammunition Condition Report
DD Form 6, Report of Damaged or Improper Shipment                                                                   ge
The Army Equipment Record System and Procedures * . . . . . . . . . , . . . . TM 38-750
* For instructions on the use of DA Forms, refer to . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . . TM 38-750
4. Other Publications,
  a. Ammunition, All Types.                                                                                         l-

Ammunition, General . . . . . . . . . ..*......................                                    TM 9-1900        1

Ammunition: Federal Stock Number and Department of Defense                                         TB 9-AMM-5        .C
 Ammunition Code.                                                                                                    It
Ammunition: Restricted or Suspended . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . .      .   .   .   .   .   .   TB 9-AMM-2        4
Care, Handling,, Preservation,   and Destruction of Ammunition.            .   .   ,   .   .   .   TM 9b1300-206     .l
Disposal of Supplies and Equipment: Ammunition. , . . . . . . . .          .   .   .   .   .   .   SR 755-140-l      Y
Xstribution  of Ammunition for Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      .   .   .   .   .   .   AR 710-1300-l
Explosives: Responsibilities   and Procedures for Explosive                                        AR 75-15         .;
  Ordinance Disposal.                                                                                              .ed
-Military Explosives ...............................                                           TM 9-1910
     ?ety: Identification of Inert Ammunition and Ammunition                                   AR 385-65
 Safety: Regulations for Firing Ammunition for Training, Target                                AR 385-63
    Practice, and Combat
 Tables of Allowance: Training Allowances ................                                     TA 23-100
     b. CamoutTage.
 Camouflage, Basic Principles and Field Camouflage .........                                   FM 5-20
     c. DeMntamination.
 Decontamination          .................................                                    TM 3-220
 Small Unit Procedures in Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical                                    FM 21-40
     d. Desftiction      to Prevent Enemy Use.
 Explosives and Demolitions.                     .........................                     FM 5-25
 Care, Handling, Preservation,                      and Destruction of Ammunition.      ..     TM g-1300-206
      e. General.
 Army Safety Program                 .............................                             SR 385-10
 Chemical, Biological, and Radiological Operations ..........                                  FM 3-5
 Chemical Corps Reference Handbook ...................                                         FM 3-8
 Department of Defense Ammunition Code. ................                                       SB 708-100
 Federal Supply Classification:                     Part I. Groups and Classes .....           SB 708-401
 Ground Chemical Munitions. .........................                                          TM 3-300
 Land Mine Warfare ...............................                                             FM 20-32
 Logistics (General): Malfunctions Involving Ammunition and                                    AR 700-1300-8
 Military     Chemistry and Chemical Agents, ................                                  TM 3-215
     ;litary Security: Safeguarding Defense Information                       .........        AR 380-5
      .litary Symbols. ................................                                        FM 21-30/AFR    55-3
 lr’lilitary Terms, Abbreviations,                     and Symbols:
     Authorized Abbreviations                 ..........................                       AR 320-50
     Dictionary of United States Army Terms. ...............                                   AR 320-5
 Military Training           ...............................                               .   FM 21-5
 Ordnance Ammunition Service ........................                                          FM 9-5
 Ordnance Corps Equipment Data Sheets. .................                                       TM 9-500
 Ordnance Maintenance and General Supply in the Field. .......                                 FM 9-10
 Ordnance Service in the Field ........................                                        FM 9-l
 Safety: Accident Reporting and Records. .................                                     AR 385-40
 Techniques of Military Instruction .....................                                      FM 21-6
 Ordnance Major Items and Major Combination and Pertinent                                      SB 9-l
 Fire Report ....................................                                              AR 385-12
 Supply and Service Installations and Activities:
     Depots - Organization and Command Relationship.                          .........        AR 780-10
     Expendable Property,               ............................                           AR 735-4
     Tactics and Techniques of Chemical, Biological, and                                       FM 3-5
         Radiological (CBR) Warfare.
      f. Shipment and Limited Storage.
  Logistics (General): Report of Damaged or Improper Shipment . .                              AR   700-58
  Military Traffic Management Regulations ................                                     AR   55-355
  Packaging and Shipping of Materiel: Army Shipping Document ...                               TM   38-705
_-Transportation and Travel: Transportation by Water of                                        AR   55-228
      Explosives and Hazardous Cargo
      Aministration     ........               .‘; .' .......................                  AR 210-10

   g. Training Aids.
Index of Doctrinal, Training, and Organizational Publications             .   .   .   DA   Pam 310-3
Index of Graphic Training Aids and Devices . . . . . . . , . 0 . . .          .   .   DA   Pam 310-5
Targets, Target Material, and Training Course Lay Cuts . . . .                .   .   TM   9-855
Techniques of Military Instructions    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    .   .   FM   21-6
   6. Maintenance and Repair.
Maintenance of Supplies and Equipment Spot Check Inspection                           AR 750-925
   and Reports; Ordnance Corps Material.
Ordnance Maintenance: Materials Used for Cleaning, Pre-                               TM 9-247
   serving, Abrading, and Cementing Ordnance Material, and
   Related Materials Including Chemicals, Lubricants,          Lndi-
   caters, and Hydraulic Fluids.
    i. Shipment and Limited Storage.
General Packaging Instructions for Ordnance General Supplies                  . . TM 9-200
 Issue of Supplies and Equipment Preparation, Processing,                         AR 725-5
   and Documentation for Requisitioning, Shipping and Receiving.
 Logistics (General): Report of Damaged or Improper Shipment                  . . AR 700-58
 Marking and Packing of Supplies and Equipment: Marking of                        TB ORD 379
   Supplies for Shipment.
Demolition Equipment Set, Explosive Initiating, Electric                              SM 9-4-4940-A09
   and Nonelectric.
Demolition Equipment Set, Explosive Initiating, Nonelectric             . ,   . , SM 9-4-4940-A10
Bureau of Explosives Pamphlets No. 6 and No. 6A,
   Bureau of Explosive, 63 Vesey St.,
   New York 7, N.Y.
 Consolidation Freight Classification No. 22
 Weight Classification Guide , . . . . . . . , , . . . . . . , . . . . . ,    . , CTB 42

                                                           APPENDIX               II
                                           COMPLETE ROUND DATA

1. Antipersonnel           Mines

                                         Mine and fuze                                                               Firing   device

    MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:              M2 (all mods) inert          and fuze mine combina-               1 FIRING DEVICE:         M17.
     tion M2 or M2Al inert.
    MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:              M2 (all mods) inert          and fuze mine combina-
     tion M6Al inert.
    MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:            M16Al inert and fuze mine combination                                None.
      M605 inert.
    MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL,           PRACTICE:        M8 and fuze mine combination
      Ml0 or MlOAl practice,       consists of:
        1 mine body
        1 antipersonnel  mine cap (cover)
        1 mine spotting charge
        1 mine combination fuze Ml0 or MlOAl practice (consisting of
          Mechanism and
        1 mine fuze primer-igniter      including primed coupling base, delay
          element and igniter charge)
        1 antipersonnel  mine projectile     similator
    MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL,           PRACTICE:        NM Ml7 (T34) w/integral   fuze.

       INE,   ANTIPERSONNEL:          M2 series     and fuze mine combination           M6Al.            None.
     MINE,    ANTIPERSONNEL:          M3 and fuze mine combination             M7Al------                FIRING DEVICE:          w/nonelectric
                                                                                                           blasting cap.
     MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:             Ml6 and M16Al          and fuze mine combination                   None.
       M605.                                                                                                     .
     MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:             Ml8 w/M68          and M69 Kits uses Type #2
       blasting cap assy.
     MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:             M18Al w/accessories            used M4 blasting         cap
     MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL:             NM, Ml4 w/integral            fuze.

    2. Antitank    Mines

                   Mine                                    Fllze                            Activator                         Firing   device


     MINE, ANTITANK:      heavy,             FUZE MINE:            AT, M-       ACTIVATOR,   AT                      FIRING DEVICE:     w/
       M6 empty or inert,                     600 inert.                          MINE: Ml inert.                      inert coupling base.
     MINE, ANTITANK:          light M7      FUZE MINE: AT,                      None.
       empty or inert.                        Chemical M600 or M-
                                          -  601.
     MINE, ANTITANK:          light
       M7Al empty.
     MIKE, ANTITANK:     light,              FUZE, MINE:            AT, M-                                           None.
-      M7A2 empty or inert,                   603 inert.
       ME, ANTITANK:          NM, M-         FUZE MINE:            M606 in-     ACTIVATOR:               M2.
       19 inert.                              ert.

                                APPENDIX              II-Continued
                         COMPLETE ROUND DATA-Continued
               Mine                      FUZZ                          Activator                       Firing   device

                                          PRACTICE-        Continued

MINE, ANTITANK,   PRAC-         FUZE MINE:      AT prac-      ACTIVATOR:             AT,       FIXING     DEVICE:        M2.
  TICE: heavy Ml2 or M12Al       tice M604.                     MINE Ml,           practice.
MlNE, ANTITANK,     PRAC-                                                                      FIRING DEVICE:            M3
  TICE: heavy M20 (T38).                                                                         Pull release.
  TICE: light. MlO.
MINE, ANTITANK,       PRAC-     FUZE, MINE: AT                None.                            None.
  TICE: NM M9.                    Chemical NM Ml2


MINE,     ANTITANK:    HE,      FUZE,   MINE:    AT M-        ACTIVATOR:             AT        FIRING DEVICE:     w/
  heavy    M6A2.                 603.                           MINE: Ml.                        primed coupling base
MINE,     ANTITANK:    HE,                                                                       and w/o blasting cap.
  heavy    M15.
MINE, ANTITANK:        HE,      FUZE, MINE:      combin-      None,                            None.
 heavy M21.                       ation M607.
MINE,     ANTITANK:    HE,      FUZE,   MINE:    AT M-                                         FIRKNG DEVICE:            M45.
 light    M7 and M7A2.           603.
MINE, ANTITANK:        HE, NM   FUZE,   MINE:    M606.         ACTIVATOR:            M2.       None.
  Ml9 (T18).


                                          APPENDIX   III
                                  INDEX OF FORMER ITEM NAMES

                  Former   item   name                          Federal   item   name

ACTIVATOR                                       ACTIVATOR,    ANTITANK    MINE
BOOSTER                                         BOOSTER, ANTITANK      MINE
CAP                                             CAP, ANTIPERSONNEL       MINE
CHARGE                                          CHARGE, SPOTTING,      MINE
COVER                                           COVER, ANTITANK      MINE
FUZE, mine                                      FUZE, MINE
IGNITER ASSEMBLY                                PRIMER-IGNITER,     MINE FUZE
MINE, antipersonnel                             MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL
MINE, antipersonnel,     practice               MINE, ANTIPERSONNEL,       PRACTICE
MINE, antitank                                  MINE, ANTITANK
MINE, antitank, practice                        MINE, ANTITANK,     PRACTICE
PLUG, arming, AT mine                           ARMING PLUG, ANTITANK       MINE
PROJECTILE,     (simulated) (tube Assy)         SIMULATOR,    ANTIPERSONNEL      MINE PROJECTILE
RETAINER,    booster                            RETAINER,    ANTITANK   MINE BOOSTER


                                                              Paragraph       Page                                                                        Paragraph         Page

      Accidents,       report of, . . . . . . . .         .           3b         4         Fires    ................                                                  3c           4
      Activator,      antitank      mine, Ml . . .        .      35b(l)         84         Hazardous          conditions               ......                         3d           4
      Activator,     antitank       mine, M2 . . .        .      35b(2)         84   Fuze,     mine antipersonnel,                       service:
      Activator,     antitank,       practice,     Ml                  40       96         Combination:              M6A 1 .......                                    15      21
      Ammunition        Identification         Code                                                                  M7Al          .......                            17      23
        (See Dept. Defense              Ident Code)                                                                  M605 .......                                     18      24
      Ammunition        Lot Number . . . . . .            .           9c        11   Fuze,     mine antipersonnel,
      Antipersonnel         mines: (See also                                           practice:
        Mines,    antipersonnel)                                                           Combination:              M7Al          inert       ...                24          50
            Fragmentation          type     . . . . . .   .       5o(l)          6            M2, M2A1, or M6Al                      inert.        ..             25          50
            Blast   type . . . . . . . . . . . .          .       Wl)            6            M605 inert             ...........                                  26          51
      Antipersonnel         mine fuze (See                                                    Ml0 or MlOA               ..........                                28          54
        Mine, fuze, antipersonnel)                                                   Fuze,     mine antitank,               service:
      Antitank    mines (See also Mines,                                                 M603 .................                                                   32          63
        antitank)                                                                        M607.      ...       : ............                                      33          64
            Heavy    type.      . . . . . . . . . . .     .           37       87        M606.      ................                                              34          71
            Light   type , . . . . . . . . . . .          .           38       91    Fuze,     mine antitank,               practice:
      Antitank    mine fuze (See Mine,                                                    M604      ................                                          37c,d        87,90
        fuze, antitank)                                                                                                                                       38c,d        95,96
                                                                                            M603         inert.        ............                             38b            91
      Bandoleer,    M7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  20(3)        33           M606         inert.        ............                              39            96
      Boobytrapping      mines . . . . . . . . .                          6     8
      Boobytraps     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        6     8    Handling  and preservation      care
                                                                                       (See Care, handling      and preser-
      Care, handling        and preservation.         .               10       13      vation)
      Classification        . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  8       11
      Combination        mine fuze (See Mine,                                        Identification.             .............                                        9       11
         fuze, antipersonnel)                                                        Improvised             mines       ...........                               5c           6
      complete       round data (Appendix         II)                 7a         8
      Complete       round mine (See Mine                                            Lot Number,          Ammunition                      ......                  SC          11
         complete      round)                                                        Mine, antipersonnel,                     practice:
                                                                                          General       ...............                                           23          48
      Data card . . . . . . . . . . . .          . . . .              9f        13        M3 empty.             .............                                     24          50
      Demolition    charges     . . . . . .      . . . .             46b      lb5         M2 inert.          .....           . ........                           25          50
      Demolition    materials     . . . . .      . . . .              46      105         M16Al       inert         ............                                  26          51
      Department    of Defense       Identi-                                         Mine, antipersonnel,                    service:
        fication   Code     . . . . . . . .      . . . .              99        13        General        ...............                                          13          16
      Destruction    of ammunition        to      pre-                                    M2A4       ................                                             14          18
        vent enemy use:.        . . . . . .      . . . .              50      116         M3 ..................                                                   16          21
           Methods    of destruction         .    . . . .             51      116         M16Al.         ...............                                          18          24
                                                                                          M18Al       w/accessories.                          .....               20          29
      Electric  blasting  cap, M4 . . . . . .                 WWC)             30         Ml8 w/carrying                   kit.       .......                     21          42
      Errors and omissions.      . . . . . . . .                          4     4         M 14 nonmetallic.                    .........                          22          45
      Explosive    train . . . . . . . . . . . .                      7b        8    Mine, antitank,             practice:
                                                                                          General       ...............                                           36          85
      Federal       Stock Number       . . . . . .    . .             %        13         Heavy:       M6 empty or inert                            ...          37b          87
      Field storage       and preservation                                                             Ml2          ............                                37c           87
          (See storage      and preservation)                                                          M20 ............                                         37d           90
      Fires . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . .         . .             3c        4         Light:       M’7 series               empty
      Firing     device,    M57 . . . . . . . .       . .         59x2)        30                           or inert .........                                  386            91
      Firing     devices     . . . . . . . . . . .    . .         41b,c 98,9?                          Ml0          ............                              38c,d        95,96
      Flare,     trip:                                                                                 Ml9 inert.                  ........                      39            96
            Parachute      trip surface     flare,                                   Mine, antitank,             service:
                M48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       . .       47b( 1)       107         General        ...............                                          30          58
             Trip surface       flare, M49 . . .      . .       476(2)        107         Ml5 ..................                                                  31          59
      Former Item Names . . . . . . . .               . .     App.    III     123         M21. .................                                                  33          64
       ;lorms and reports:                                                                Ml9 nodmetallio                      .........                          34          71
             Authorized      forms . . . . . . .      . .             3a         4   Mine-clearing            devices:
             Accidents,      field report     . . .   . .             3b         4        Antipersonnel                 mine          .......                     44         102

                                                            Paragraph        Page                                                                Paragraph        Page   -

       Antitank     mine . .       . . . . . . . . .                    45    105   Service    antipersonnel           mines and
     .: complete       round:                                                          fuzes (table      I) . . . . . . . . . . . .                      13d       16
       Data table       . . . .    . . . . . . . . .                    7a      8   Service    antitank      mine fuze (See
       Explosive      train .      . . . . . . . . .                    76      8      Fuze,   antitank,       service)
 Mine fuze (See Fuze,               mine)                                           Service    antitank     mines,        fuzes,
 Mines,     land:                                                                      and components           (table      III) . . . .                3od        58
       Description        . . .    . . . . . . . . .                    5b      4   Simulator,      boobytrap,        flash,     Ml17                   47c       107
       Types     . . . . . . .     . . . . . . . . .                    5C      6   Storage    and preservation,             field    . .               106        14
 Model . . . . . . . . . .         . . . . . . . . .                    9d     12
 Nonmetallic         mine    (See Mine, anti-                                             Color Coding            of Chemical
   personnel         also,   Mine, antitank)                                                 Mines       (table     IA) . . . . . . .        .               9d    12
                                                                                          Service      antipersonnel             mines
  Packing        and marking         for shipment                   11         15            and fuzes (table             II) . . . . .      .          13d        16
  Painting        and marking.         . . . . . . .    .           9.9        12         Practice        antipersonnel            mines,
  Phony mines             . . . . . . . . . . . . ,     .           5c          6            fuzes,      and components
  Practice        activator,      Ml (See                                                    (table     III)     . . . . . . . . . . .       .          23d        50
      Activator,       antitank)                                                          Service      antitank        mines,       fuzes,
  Practice        mines (See also Mine,                                                      and components              (table      IV).    .          30d        58
      antipersonnel,          practice     and                                            Practice        antitank      mines,
     Mine, antitank,           practice)      . . . .   .       23,36         48,            fuzes,      and components
  Practice        antipersonnel         mine fuze                              85            (table     IV). . . . . . . . . . . .           .          36d         85
     (See Fuze, mine antipersonnel)                                                       Complete         round data (appen-
  Practice        antipersonnel         mines,                                               dix II). . . . . . . . . . . . . .              .           7a        8
     fuzes,      and components           (table                                    Test set, M40 . . . . . . . . . . . .                    .       2W)          30
     II). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           .         23d          50   Training       mines (See Mine, anti-
  Practice       antitank      mine fuze (See                                          personnel,         practice      also Mine,
     Fuze, mine antitank)                                                              antitank,      practice)
  Practice       antitank      mines,     fuzes,                                    Transportation            . . . . . . . . . . . .        .               12    15
/-?nd       components          (table IV) . . .        .         36d          85   Trip flares       (See Flares,           trip)

        Yce antipersonnel  mine             fuze
    ,jee Fuze, antipersonnel,

           By Order of Secretary                     of the Army:
                                                                                        EARLE G. WHEELER,
                                                                                        General,  United       States          Army,
                                                                                        Chief of Staff.
Official :
  Major General,         Unitsd    States    Army,
  The Adjutant          General.


     Active     Army:
                                                                            USAARTYCDA                 (2)
            USASA (2)                                                       USAAVNCDA              (I)
            DCSLOG         (1)                                              USACBRCDA              (2)
            CNGB (1)                                                        USACARMSCDA                  (2)
            CofEngrs        (2)                                             USACECDA            (1)
            CofT (1)                                                        USAECDAA            (2)
            USCONARC             (3)                                        USAICDA        (2)
            USACDC         (2)                                              USAIh’TCDA           (1)
            USAWECOM             (2)                                        USAMPCDA            (1)
            USAMICOM            (5)                                         USAOCDA          (2)
            USASMCOM             (5)                                        USAQMCDA            (1)
            USAECOM           (2)                                           USASWCDA           (2)
            ARADCOM            (2)                                          USAOSA (2)
            ARADCOM            Rgn (2)                                      PG (2) except
            OS Maj Comd (2) except                                             Ord PG (10)
                USAREUR           (5)                                       Ord Arsenals          (2) except
            OS Base Comd (2)                                                   Picatinny       (32)
            LOGCOMD            (2)                                          Proc Dist (I) except
            MDW (1)                                                            Chicago      Proc Dist (None)
            Armies       (3) except                                         Svc Colleges          (2)
                First    USA (5)                                            Br Svc Sch (2)
             corps     (2)                                                  USA Ammo Proc & Sup Agcy               (3)
            USA Corps (2)                                                   Fld Comd, DASA (1)
             Div (2)                                                        USA Tql Comd (2)
             Inst.1 (2)                                                     PMS Sr Div Ord Units (1)
            Svc Colleges            (2)                                     POE (2)
             Br Svc Sch (2)                                                 Mil Msn (1)
             GENDEP          (OS) (2)                                       MAAG (2)
             Ord Set, GENDEP              (OS) (5)                          JBUSMC       (2)
             Ord Dep (OS) (5)                                               JUSMAGG        (2)
             Army Dep (2) except                                            Units org under fol TOE:
                Savanna       (30)                                             3-500 (KA) (2)
                Letterkenny           (4)                                      5-5 (2)
             USAADCDA             (2)                                          5-500 (2)
              USAARMCDA              (2)                                       9-500 (BB,FA,IA,KA,KB,KC)                 (2)

     NG:   State AG (3); Units - Same as Active  Army except        allowance    is one copy   to each     unit.
     USAR:     None.
     For explanation  of abbreviations used, see AR 320-50.


To top